Jump to content

Leaderboard


Popular Content

Showing content with the highest reputation since 07/13/2019 in Knowledge Base Articles

  1. 6 points
    Introduction Themes Traditional homes Houseboats Campers Victorian Log Homes First-generation themes Features Getting your Linden Home Prerequisites Checking if you have enough land tier available Signing up New premium accounts Existing basic accounts Existing premium accounts Troubleshooting Finding your Linden Home Abandoning or changing your Linden Home Enjoying your Linden Home What you can do Covenant and restrictions Etiquette House controllers House control panels Content creation packs Textures Privacy Getting help Requesting terraforming of adjoining land Bellisseria Fairgrounds In other languages: Deutsch Español Français Italiano 日本語 Português Pусский Türkçe Introduction Linden Homes are ready-to-move-in homes in themed communities that are available only to premium account members. Premium account holders can get a free Linden Home, in addition to the other benefits of premium membership. For more information, see Premium membership. Themes ✏️ Note: For detailed photos of our Linden Home offerings and more information about the new Linden Home continent of Bellisseria, visit our New Linden Homes 2019 page on the Official Second Life wiki. Linden homes come in themed communities, each with choices of individual homes: Traditional homes Traditional suburban homes are arranged along tree-lined streets on 1024 sq m parcels. The homes are one and two-story buildings with shingle roofs, and in most models, a porch or patio area. A typical home has a two or more large rooms on the main floor and may have one or two upstairs. As described in a later section of this guide, you may use the House Controller on your parcel to choose among the styles pictured here, and you may use the house controller to change colors and details both inside and on the outside of the house. A traditional home is set back from the sidewalk and may have a hedge, a wall, or a low fence to set it apart from its neighbors. You may add to the planting or other landscaping elements on the parcel . Traditional homes are all within a convenient distance from communal park areas where you can join your friends for picnics, sports, or family activities. Some communal areas offer a dining or dance area, or a pool where you can relax. Houseboats With a houseboat home, you can enjoy life in coves and inlets around the perimeter of the continent or the large nearby island, or along rivers or around the large bay in the center of the continent. You cannot travel on a houseboat, but each houseboat parcel has room for you to moor your own sailboat or other watercraft. All water areas around the New Linden Homes continent are navigable and public. The houseboat models have large rooms with a high ceiling and skylights, plus a deck area outside for you to relax or entertain on. Most houseboats are on 16 m x 64 m water parcels. Some are on square 32 m x 32 m parcels. Therefore, all have an area of 1024 sq m. All are accessible by open water. You may also walk easily from one place to another, along wooden docks that divide the parcels, or along sandbars and spits from the mainland. Houseboats are all within convenient reach of community areas and cultural venues (lighthouses, beaches, and community buildings where you may gather with friends). Campers Experience the country life while you sit back and relax in your own Linden Homes camping trailer. Spacious trailers -- 8 different models in all -- are all set on 512 sqm (16m X 32m) parcels in beautiful wooded regions. Depending on the model you choose, your home can be a sleek, aerodynamically designed trailer, or one that looks more like a Roma caravan, or one of several other designs. Victorian Homes Be prepared for late 19th century living when you choose a spacious Victorian-themed home. All homes in this theme are on 32 x 32m parcels and sited in the sort of small community that would have been new 150 years ago -- complete with cobblestone streets and wrought iron street lamps. By using your House Controller, you may select any of four models, featuring signature Victorian features like turrets, expansive porches, and elegant bay windows. Log Homes The log homes are your opportunity to enjoy comfortable country living. Nestled in forested hills and valleys, these upscale log homes bring you close to nature and still let you enjoy the clean, modern lines of a house that you can live in year-round. Four styles each offer high ceilings and both upstairs and downstairs rooms. Other amenities include balconies, large windows, and a porch. First-generation themes First-generation Linden Homes have limited space and land capacity. Homes in these themes are still available for purchase, but provide less land capacity and use older-style control panels: Tahoe - Rustic cabin retreats with winding roads among hills and pine forests. Elderglen - Fantasy dwellings with winding roads around hills and giant trees. Sahreta Osumai - Traditional Japanese homes nestled in picturesque areas with mossy rocks and colorful trees. Meadowbrook - California modern suburban homes with decks perfect for barbeques! First-generation Linden Homes have a land capacity of 175 on a 512 m2 parcel. Features Linden Homes contain one or more of the following features, depending on the type of home: Touch entry - Left-click the front door to enter and exit your home. Touch lighting - Click the lights to toggle them on and off. Working fireplace - Click the fireplace to toggle a fire on and off. You'll also get a control panel that enables you to manage your home accessories and to change the textures used in your home. For more information, see Using the control panel. Getting your Linden Home You can get a Linden Home when you sign up for a premium account, upgrade your basic account to premium, or if you already have a premium account and have not claimed your Linden Home yet. Prerequisites If you have a premium account and you have 512m2 available tier then you qualify for a Linden Home. For example, if you have a new premium account — you've just joined Second Life as a premium account or upgraded from a basic account — and haven't changed your land usage, then you have exactly 1024m2 of available tier. Note: You don't have to use your premium account 1024m2 land tier for a Linden Home. You can use it instead towards other mainland purchases or you can contribute it to group tier allocations. Also, if you abandon your Linden Home, you can use your 1024m2 tier to buy other mainland parcels. Checking if you have enough land tier available If you don't have any land already in Second Life, then you will always have enough land tier, because each premium account comes with 1024m2 of land tier. There are two ways to check if you have enough available tier: Inworld: From the Viewer menus, choose World > My land holdings.... Your available land tier is listed in Available for land purchases. Website: If you already own land, then you can also check if you have enough land tier on the Second Life website: Go to Your Account. On the left side of the page, click Account Summary. Find the section called Land Holdings Available square meters for purchase at your current tier is listed under Available for purchase. Signing up The Linden Home registration process offers options for theme, home type, and home name. Once you submit your registration, your selected home is immediately generated on the next available parcel within your selected theme. You cannot request a specific region or parcel location. New premium accounts Go to join.secondlife.com. Complete your registration. Upgrade to premium as prompted. Go to Linden Home registration and log in with your Second Life account and password. Existing basic accounts Go to Premium Membership registration and log in with your Second Life account. Follow the account upgrade process. Once your account is upgraded to Premium Membership, the page will redirect to Linden Home registration. Existing premium accounts Go to Linden Home registration and log in with your Second Life account and password. View the four themed communities and home options within each theme. Click on your preferred home image. Name your home. Click Next. Read the Terms and Conditions and check the box agreeing to them. Click Accept. Review your Linden Home information on the confirmation page. Click Go to your Home or use the SLurl provided. Note: Confirmation is sent to the email address you provided to register your Second Life account. Troubleshooting If you didn't receive your email confirmation, be sure to check your email application's spam folder. It's also possible there has been an error in the email process, and your Linden Home is ready and waiting for you. If your Linden Home is ready, a landmark is sent to you inworld. If there appears to be such a problem, head to the Support Portal and submit a ticket. Identify whether the email did not go through and your home is actually available, or whether there was a problem with the registration process overall. Finding your Linden Home Your welcome email will provide the location of your Linden Home. If you lost or did not receive your welcome email, then there are two ways to locate your Linden Home: On the Second Life website: Log in using your Second Life username and password. Go to your Account Dashboard. On the left, click Land Manager. Click My Mainland. Look for the name of the Linden Home that you chose when you registered. Click the link in theLocation column to teleport there. Inworld: Login to Second Life with the Second Life Viewer Choose World > My land holdings... Select the parcel that matches your chosen Linden Home name. Click Teleport. You will be teleported to your Linden Home. Abandoning or changing your Linden Home To change your choice of Linden Home type, you must abandon your current Linden Home and then register for a new one. To abandon your Linden Home: Choose World > About Land and click the General tab. Click Abandon Land. After you confirm your choice, the land is removed from your account. Now if you wish, you can register for another Linden Home. Warning: Please use this reasonably: if you abandon and choose a new Linden Home five times in 24 hours, you are temporarily blocked from choosing another. You will need to wait 24 hours before registering again. Enjoying your Linden Home What you can do You can: Decorate your home with furniture or other items from Second Life Marketplace. Your partner or friends can help you decorate as well. Linden Home parcels work just like any other parcel of land in that regard; who can rez objects on your land depends on the About Land settings. See Managing land for more information. Customize textures used in your Linden Home via the control panel. See Using the control panel. Covenant and restrictions The covenant describes how you can use Linden Home land. To view the covenant, choose World > Region / Estate, then click the Covenant tab or right-click on the ground and choose About Land then click on the COVENANT tab. You are not allowed to: Terraform Linden Home land, sell it, deed it to a group, join it with another parcel, or divide the land. Modify the structure. For example, you can not move or eliminate individual components of your Linden Home such as the fireplace or a window. Move or rotate the structure. Your Linden Home must remain as it came on its 512m2 parcel. If you want both a Linden Home and more land for your premium account, you can use your remaining tier and/or upgrade on the Land Use Fees page. Tip: Linden Home land can't be group-owned. But if your personal Resident account is eligible for Linden Home land, you can set the land to a group to collaborate with other group members. Also, you agree that your Linden Home: Is for residential use only. Business use of any kind is prohibited, including parcel rental, rental boxes, classified ads or other forms of advertising, and event listings. Will be kept presentable and in-theme. Does not include traffic tracking. Land cannot contain temporary object rezzers or individual prims beyond the maximum size allowed by the Second Life Viewer build tools. Skyboxes are allowed on the Bellisseria continent above 2000 meters. Skyboxes are not allowed for first-generation Linden Homes. Etiquette Living in a community includes courtesy towards your neighbors. Here are some guidelines for etiquette in Linden Home regions: Use local chat say, rather than shout. Adhere to the maturity rating for the Linden Home region you are in. Respect your neighbors' privacy. Review general Second Life etiquette suggestions and incorporate them into your Linden Home experience. House controllers Each Linden Homes parcel is equipped with a House Controller like the one shown here. It is just outside the parcel boundary, often near a street or sidewalk or on the dock next to a houseboat parcel. Yours may look like a mailbox or some other marker appropriate to the neighborhood. A House Controller is your tool for selecting the specific model of home you want to erect on the parcel. To use it, simply left-click on it. The House Controller will only respond if you are the current owner of the parcel. It will not respond to guests, friends, or strangers. When you rez a new home, we advise you to wait for 30 seconds before using any of the house controls. This will allow time for the home to download important information about its decor and access permissions. Choose a home from one of the available models by clicking one of the numbered buttons. Your new home will appear near the center of the parcel, replacing whichever home was there before. You cannot rotate the home (except for Camping Trailers) or move it to another spot on the parcel. Linden Homes are always rezzed with the front door facing the House Controller. You may replace the model on your parcel at any time. Homes within a theme all fit in the same parcel area, so they will not interfere with vegetation, fencing, or other objects that Linden Lab has placed on land next to your parcel. However, because each model has a different floor plan, you will usually need to move furniture or other items that you have placed in a previous home so that it is arranged well in your new home. If you select the notecard option, you will receive an instructional notecard. It will explain the features of your house in greater detail than they are covered in this guide. If you select the Content Creation Pack option, you will receive a folder of items that you may use to landscape your parcel and decorate your home. House control panels As you enter a Linden Home, you will find a Control Panel just inside the front door. The control panel is your tool for customizing the appearance of your home and for controlling access. The layout of menu buttons for a Control Panel varies slightly from one theme to another, but all Linden Homes have the same basic set of functions described here. Click on the Control Panel to see the main menu of your options: When you make most changes with the Control Panel, you receive confirmation in chat. A notice appears within a few seconds to tell you that the new information has been recorded in the system. The Door button offers you a choice between allowing your doors to Stay Open when you click on them, or to AutoClose within ten seconds after they are opened. The Windows button on the main menu toggles the window covering (blinds) up or down. Using this button in the Control Panel toggles all windows in the house at once, so that they are all either up or down at the same time. If you (or a person you have granted access to) want to raise or lower a single window covering, you can do that by simply left-clicking on the window covering (Note: Some house models also offer the option to open and close individual windows. Where that option is available, it is not managed in the Control Panel. To open a window, you just left-click on it). The Access button, which is only visible to you as the parcel owner, will let you give additional people permission to use the Control Panel menus. Using its Add Name menu option, you create a whitelist and add anyone you choose. The person does not need to belong to a special group. You may remove the person’s access permission at any time by clicking this same Access button and using the Remove Name option. If you have created a whitelist, you may check to see who is on it by using the View List option. The Access menus allow you to control who has permission to use some features in your home. There are three access levels: ONLY ME is the highest level. If you click that menu button, nobody else may use the Control Panel, operate the window blinds, or open doors. LIST is the middle level. If you have created a whitelist, selecting LIST gives people on the list permission to operate window and door functions, and most functions in the Control Panel (but not the Access functions). ANYONE is the lowest level. If you click that button, anybody may open doors or operate the blinds. Only you and people on the whitelist may use the Control Panel. Please note that the Access menu does not control permission to rez objects in your home, or change its music stream. Manage those permissions by creating a group for your home, as discussed later in this guide. The Redecorate button offers options which are different in each home theme, although some features are found in all themes. The Outside button offers different color schemes for painting the siding on the home. The Wall button lets you change the color of the walls inside your home. The Floor button lets you choose among options for flooring inside the home, so you may opt for carpeting or different types of wood flooring. Submenu buttons on some themed homes include options for changing the color of the Roof, Trim, Deck, or other parts of the home that are special for that theme. Most menus in your Control Panel also contain two other buttons. The Done button closes the Control Panel menus and saves your most recent changes in the system’s memory. The Back button opens the previous dialog menu. Custom interior wall colors Starting with the Victorian Homes, introduced in late 2019, the Control Panel includes a new option for decor, the ability to create up to nine custom colors to apply to interior walls in your home. Clicking on the My Colors button in either the Main menu or the Redecorate > Walls menu opens a submenu that lets you decide whether to create a New Color or apply one that you have created before: You may then use either a Color Picker (graphic interface) or may type in RGB values for a color that you may have designed elsewhere. The Color Picker is similar to the interface that you will find in your SL viewer’s Edit > Texture > Color panel: If you choose the Type <RGB> option instead, it opens a text box where you may enter numerical values for the Red, Green, and Blue components of a color Once you have created a color using either method, you may apply it to the walls in any room in the house. You may also apply any of nine preset colors if you wish. Content creation packs As a homeowner, you may want to personalize your parcel by adding vegetation, pathways, rocks, or other decorative items. Please remember to stay within the theme of your neighborhood. For more specific details, refer to the covenant in World > About Land when you are standing in your parcel. As an aid, your Linden Home comes with a free Content Creation Pack. In it, you will find items that you may use to spruce up your home/parcel -- items such as decor items, textures, wall/fence kits and lighting may be included. Unlike the house itself, which does not add to the Land Impact on your parcel, these extra objects and anything else that you rez will add land impact, so be careful to stay within your limit. Refer to World > About Land > Objects to verify your available land impact. You may receive the Content Creation Pack by clicking on the appropriate menu option in your House Controller. Textures Texture packs with the building textures for each first-generation Linden Home theme are available at the Linden Home infohubs. Resale of textures is prohibited. Texture pack locations: Meadowbrook Infohub Tahoe Infohub Elderglen Infohub Shareta Osumai Infohub Privacy Total privacy in an open community like Linden Homes is not possible, but there are ways that you can manage access to your home and its features. As noted above, for example, you can use your home’s Control Panel to control who may enter your home and use its redecorate functions. You may also use the Options tab in World > About Land to determine who is allowed to rez objects on your parcel and whether people outside the parcel can see and hear what you are doing. You may not use selections in the Access tab of About Land to set ban lines around your parcel, but you may use the Linden Homes Security System (found in the Content Creation Pack) to eject unwanted visitors from your parcel. You may not use other security systems that have a shorter warning time or a greater detection range than the Linden Homes Security System. The security system is designed to be wall-mounted. When activated, it scans your parcel as much as 400m above and below the control unit, provides a warning to unauthorized visitors, and then ejects them from the parcel. It does not detect people in neighboring parcels. You may adjust the system’s range and the amount of warning time (minimum 15 seconds), and may tell the system to ignore members of your group or specific people that you have added to its whitelist. The system will not function if it is placed at an altitude between 100m and 2000m above sea level, but can be used in your Linden Home or in a skybox above 2000m. Instructions for setting up the system and operating it are provided on a notecard with the unit, and in shortened form, by clicking on the system’s help (?) button. Getting help As a premium account holder, you're eligible for live chat and ticket support from the Support Portal. If you need support for your Linden Home: Go to the Support Portal and choose Submit a Support Case. Select Land and Region from the first dropdown menu. Select Linden Home Issues from the second dropdown menu. Fill out the required fields; make sure to include as much relevant information as possible when describing your issue. Click Submit to submit your ticket. Requesting terraforming of adjoining land If there is an issue with the terraforming of your parcel or nearby land that you suspect is an error: Go to the Support Portal. Click Contact Support. Click Submit a Support Case form. From the dropdown menus, choose: Land and Region Linden Home Issues - Terrain or Content Fill in the rest of the required fields. Click Submit to submit your ticket. Bellisseria Fairgrounds The Bellisseria Fairgrounds is open to all Premium Residents of Second Life to use for their events. Private events that require the Fairgrounds to be restricted to a certain list or group of people are not a good use for the space; however, if you are happy to welcome anyone to your events then the Bellisseria Fairgrounds is a great place to choose to plan your next party, get together, shindig or whatever! Any Premium member can reserve the Bellisseria Fairgrounds for their event, though preference will be given to members of Bellisseria Resident groups. While any public event is welcome at the Fairgrounds, we encourage the planning of events that contribute to and support the Bellisseria community spirit. Use this form to reserve the Bellisseria Fairground to host an event: http://bit.ly/BellisseriaFairgroundsCalendar
  2. 4 points
    How it works When is an object's land impact calculated using the new algorithm? How to find an object's land impact rating In other languages: Deutsch Español Français Português Italiano 日本語 Land impact is Second Life's mechanism for calculating the computational weight of an object against land usage limits. All mesh objects, all objects that contain mesh content, and all objects with a physics shape type other than Prim use an algorithm for determining land impact that is not dependent upon the number of prims in the object. By using an algorithm that considers each object's impact on Second Life's performance, we make sure that mesh objects and traditional prim objects receive fair shares of Viewer and server resources, encouraging content creators to continue designing performance-efficient objects even if they're working with uploaded meshes. Tip: The terms land impact and land capacity replace prim count and prims parcel supports, but the numerical values remain the same for legacy objects made only of standard prims. Therefore, a linked object composed of 42 normal prims with their physics type set to Prim has a land impact of 42. How it works For each object in the Second Life world, Second Life compares three important performance factors: download weight, physics weight, and server weight. It then chooses the highest of these weights and assigns it to the object as that object's land impact rating. Here's a very quick overview of the different weights; for more information on each, follow the links below: Download weight: Calculated by determining how much bandwidth is required to download and view the object. Larger and more visually complex objects have a higher download weight. You can reduce the download weight of complex objects by generating or uploading less complex meshes for differing levels of detail when you upload a model. Physics weight: Calculated by determining the complexity of the object's physics model. You can reduce the complexity of a mesh's physics model by using the analysis and simplification tools in the Upload Model window, by uploading your own less-detailed physics model, or by choosing a different physics shape type, such as Convex Hull, on the Features tab of the Build Tools window. Vehicles must have a physics weight of 32 or lower, but may have higher download or server weights. Server weight: Measures the impact an object has on Second Life's server resources. Objects that are composed of many prims and have physics enabled and/or contain scripts tend to have high server weights. When is an object's land impact calculated using the new algorithm? Legacy prim objects have a land impact rating equal to the number of prims they contain. However, any object's land impact is calculated using download, server, and physics weights if it meets any of the following conditions: The object is an uploaded mesh. The object is linked to an uploaded mesh. The object, or any part of the object, has a physics shape type other than Prim. You can change this on the Features tab of the Build Tools window. The object has a normal or specular map applied to it. How to find an object's land impact rating When an object is rezzed inworld, you can find its land impact rating by editing it and viewing the Build Tools window. Next to the number of objects you have selected, a number labeled "land impact" indicates the land impact rating. You can view detailed information about your selection, including prim count, weights, and land impact, by clicking the More info link in the Build Tools window.
  3. 3 points
    What is a baked texture and why would I want it on mesh? Major Features Benefits How it Works Wearable and Bake Channels Universal Wearables Setting a mesh to use baked textures Working with the new channels Working with Animesh Script Support Step-By-Step Example Test Content Known Issues In other languages: Deutsch Español Français Italiano 日本語 Português Bakes on Mesh is a feature to allow system avatar baked textures to be shown on mesh attachments. What is a baked texture and why would I want it on mesh? If you use a standard system avatar, you can wear several texture layers to customize your skin and add tattoos and clothing layers. To save processing time and provide everyone on any system the same view of your appearance, those textures are "baked" by a server into a single combined texture. Previously if you wanted to use a custom mesh body part and do the same kind of customization, the body part would need its own texturing system. In addition, you would usually need to apply an "alpha" wearable to the underlying standard avatar body part to hide it so that it doesn't interfere with your mesh part. With bakes on mesh, you can apply any system skins and other layers to your avatar (you don't need or want the alpha layer), and then tell the viewer to apply the resulting baked texture to your mesh body part. The underlying system avatar part is hidden for you automatically so the alpha wearable is not required. Major Features Any face of a mesh object can be textured using any of the server baked textures. The corresponding region of the system avatar is hidden if any attached mesh is using a baked texture. New texture bake channels have been introduced to give more control over how meshes get textured. A new “universal wearable” is now provided with support for the new texture channels. Benefits Avoid the need for appliers, leading to an easier customization workflow. Avoid the need for onion avatars, leading to fewer meshes and fewer textures at display time. Avoid the need to sell full-perm meshes. The user can customize any mesh that’s set to use Bakes on Mesh by simply equipping the appropriate wearables, without needing to modify the mesh itself. How it Works Wearable and Bake Channels Avatar wearables have traditionally been baked into six different textures (BAKE_HEAD, BAKE_UPPER, BAKE_LOWER, BAKE_EYES, BAKE_SKIRT, BAKE_HAIR) by the baking service. These textures are derived by compositing the corresponding textures in the various wearable items on your avatar. For example, a shirt sets the UPPER texture, and multiple shirts layered together would contribute to the resulting BAKE_UPPER texture. The Bakes on Mesh project added five new bake channels as well: LEFT_ARM_BAKED, LEFT_LEG_BAKED, AUX1_BAKED, AUX2_BAKED, AUX3_BAKED. Unlike the original textures, the system avatar does not use any of these textures. They are purely extensions to allow more control over mesh appearance. LEFT_ARM_BAKED and LEFT_LEG_BAKED are intended to help with making mesh avatars where the left and right limbs have different textures. The AUX channels are general purpose, and could be used for body regions not possessed by system avatars (such as wings) or for other purposes. Altogether this gives 11 possible channels for wearables to use for textures, and for the baking service to produce. Universal Wearables New channels aren’t useful unless there is some way to wear items that use those channels To meet this need, a new wearable type called Universal has been added. The Universal wearable has slots corresponding to all 11 of the new and old bake channels. In layering order, universal wearables go above the skin and tattoo wearables, and below all other types of clothing. Setting a mesh to use baked textures You can now apply these textures to the diffuse textures of your avatar’s attachments: Right click on the attachment, and click edit and from the edit face menu select textures. Click the diffuse texture icon to open up the texture picker. The texture picker has an extra radio button mode called 'bake' for selecting server bakes. The 'bake' radio button mode has a dropdown for selecting server bake textures. When an attachment is using a baked texture, the corresponding base mesh region of the system avatar is hidden. If a mesh face is set to show a baked texture but is not attached to an avatar, you will see a default baked texture. If you are using an older viewer without Bakes on Mesh support, then faces set to show baked textures will also display as the default baked texture, and base mesh regions will not be hidden. The “fallback” textures for the original bake channels. Viewers that don’t support Bakes on Mesh will show these images in place of the baked textures. You will also see these on any non-attachment objects that are set to use Bakes on Mesh. The new bake channels have similar fallback textures. Working with the new channels The new bake channels are handled a bit differently from the original six. With the original channels like upper body, there are several types of wearables that can affect the contents, and there is always a base layer of skin at the bottom of the texture stack. This means that unless you are using an alpha wearable, your bakes will always be opaque. For the new channels, the only textures are those supplied by any universal wearables you have on, so the resulting bakes can potentially be transparent. Note that this is currently the only way to make the new channels transparent, since there is no "Universal Alpha" wearable (we may add such a wearable in the future). If you want a transparent bake in one of the new channels to be used to make your mesh partially transparent, you will need to set the alpha mode for that face to "Alpha Blending". For example, in this case there is one universal wearable with a transparent ring texture. The texture is applied to the upper body and left arm channels. The alpha mode is set to Alpha Blending. Results: The upper body and right arm are opaque, because there is an opaque skin layer at the bottom of everything. The left arm is transparent and the transparency is applied to making portions of the left arm see-through: With the same outfit, but alpha mode set to None, you would see this. Note that now the left arm is opaque with a fallback color showing under the transparent regions: If you add an additional universal wearable with a suitable opaque skin texture for the left arm channel, you would get this. Now both arms are opaque, regardless of whether alpha mode is set to None or to Alpha Blending: Working with Animesh Animesh objects are treated somewhat differently when attached. Because they have their own skeletons, they are textured independently of the avatar they are attached to. An attached animesh object does not support Bakes on Mesh, and will display any Bakes on Mesh textures using the placeholder textures described above. Script Support Bakes on Mesh works by defining special texture ids corresponding to each of the bake channels. There are corresponding LSL constants for each of the channels, so you can also write a script that enables Bakes on Mesh for a mesh face. The LSL constants are: IMG_USE_BAKED_HEAD IMG_USE_BAKED_UPPER IMG_USE_BAKED_LOWER IMG_USE_BAKED_EYES IMG_USE_BAKED_SKIRT IMG_USE_BAKED_HAIR IMG_USE_BAKED_LEFTARM IMG_USE_BAKED_LEFTLEG IMG_USE_BAKED_AUX1 IMG_USE_BAKED_AUX2 IMG_USE_BAKED_AUX3 These can be used in commands like llSetLinkTexture() or llSetLinkPrimitiveParamsFast() For example: llSetLinkPrimitiveParamsFast(0, [PRIM_TEXTURE, 0, IMG_USE_BAKED_UPPER, <1.0, 1.0, 0.0>, ZERO_VECTOR, 0.0]); would set the first face of a non-linked prim to use the upper body baked texture. Step-By-Step Example Here we will convert a system avatar into a simple mesh avatar that uses bakes on mesh: 1. Log in using a Bakes on Mesh enabled viewer. 2. Enable the Develop menu. If not present, go to Me > Preferences, and in the Advanced tab click Show Develop Menu. 3. In the Develop menu, choose Develop > Avatar > Character Tests > Test Male. You will now see a standard system avatar. 4. You will need a mesh avatar to replace this system avatar. In a web browser, bring up https://jira.secondlife.com/browse/BUG-139234 and download the attached file "aditya_90.dae". 5. In the Second Life Viewer, choose Build > Upload > Model and choose the file "aditya_90.dae". In the upload options, check Include skin weight. Set the model name to "aditya_90". 6. Click calculate weights and fee, then upload. You should now have a mesh model in your inventory called "aditya_90". Attach this to yourself by double clicking it in your inventory. 7. At this point you have a mesh, shown with the white default texture, superimposed on your system avatar. Now we need to convert the mesh to use Bakes on Mesh. This will also hide the system avatar as we go. 8. Right click your avatar and pick edit. In the edit dialog, pick “Select Face”. Click the avatar’s chest to select the upper body. 9. In the Texture tab, click the white texture area. 10. Pick the “Bake” texture option and the “BAKED_UPPER” value in the pulldown. Then click OK. 11. Your avatar should now show the upper body correctly textured without excess white material. What you are seeing is the mesh surface textured with the upper body baked texture. The system avatar for the upper body is hidden. 12. Now repeat the process for the other body regions. Select face on the head area and set it to used BAKED_HEAD Select face for each of the eyes and set them to use BAKED_EYES Select face for the lower body and set it to use BAKED_LOWER 13. Getting all the faces selected and modified correctly is a bit tricky. If something gets messed up just try again with any face that gets messed up. At the end the avatar should look like this: 14. The hair looks wrong because it is an attachment that was not built for this mesh. You can get rid of it by right clicking and choosing Detach. At this point, you have a mesh avatar that’s fully configured to use Bakes on Mesh. You can now customize it the same way you would with the system avatar. For example, take off an item of clothing: Or customize something like eye color using the sliders: If you want to return to the system avatar appearance, just detach the mesh: Test Content There is some example content to help creators who want to get started with Bakes on Mesh: https://jira.secondlife.com/browse/BUG-139234 attached file "Aditya_for_BOM.dae" is an uploadable model file with separate faces for the left arm and left foot, so it can be used with the new left arm and left leg channels. https://jira.secondlife.com/browse/BUG-139234 attached file "aditya_90.dae" is an uploadable model that has the original set of faces defined, corresponding to head, upper body, lower body and so on. Left limbs and right limbs will display using the same textures with this model. Known Issues The following known issues are present in the initial full release of Bakes on Mesh: BUG-225518 "The Bake texture on linked objects is shown with a delay of 5-7 seconds when linked objects are added from the ground". This is a lag in the update of appearance for a newly attached object using Bakes on Mesh textures. BUG-227532 "[BOM] some mesh objects render alphas incorrectly using BAKED_SKIRT when system skirt has a transparent texture in local edit modes". This is a transient graphics issue seen when in local edit mode, when customizing your avatar. Goes away when you leave local edit. BUG-227533 "[BoM] alpha layering errors in local edit mode". Some objects may show incorrect alpha masking behavior in local edit. Goes away when you leave local edit. BUG-227534 "[BoM] baked texture offset values on a sphere skew in local edit modes". Transient issues with texture offsets while in local edit, similar to issues seen in previous non-BOM releases. These issues resolve when you leave local edit. BUG-227535 "[BoM] Using the skirt channel in a universal wearable breaks the length of any existing system skirt". If your avatar has a system skirt (skirt wearable), and you are using a universal wearable with a skirt channel texture, then the length of the skirt will display incorrectly as maximum length. This is an issue with the baking service rather than the viewer itself. BUG-227537 "[BOM] When Alpha Wearable is applied, BoM attachments with Alpha mode: None turn red". If you make your avatar invisible using an alpha wearable, and then apply this invisible baked texture to an attachment using Bakes on Mesh, you get a solid color, red, shown on the attachment. Probably this should be the base color of the attachment instead. BUG-227536 "[BOM] Avatar does not cast accurate shadow if Alpha mode = Alpha blending". This is a pre-existing issue with alpha blended objects attached to avatars, but may be seen more often with Bakes on Mesh.
  4. 3 points
    What is Tilia? Processing credit with Tilia Identity verification questions Why am I required to provide personal information to Tilia and what will you do with it? What types of IDs are acceptable? I have already submitted my photo ID. Why do I have to do it again? My bank, credit card company, or PayPal has already verified my identity. Why do I need to verify again with Tilia? I do not have a Social Security Number. How do I proceed? What if I do not want to submit Social Security information? Why wasn't this information asked for during registration? When will I be asked for an ID? Can I voluntarily submit my ID for verification before making a process credit request? How long does this process take? What happens to my US dollar balance if I don't comply? What is an acceptable proof of address? If I change my legal name, what kind of documents do I need to provide? How do I update my email on file so I can see the information request? What kinds of transactions do not normally require ID verification? Tilia usage questions Can I access my Tilia account separately from my Second Life account? Can Tilia credit U.S. dollars directly to my bank account? Do I need to use Tilia to buy Linden dollars? How can I avoid the inactivity fee? Why can't I process credit? What happens if I don't accept Tilia's Terms of Service? Technical and legal questions Is my information stored securely? Is Tilia compliant with GDPR? Does Tilia share my personal information with the government? Will my data be used for data mining purposes? Will my U.S. Dollar balance escheat to the state? What happens if a Second Life Resident dies with a U.S. Dollar balance still on their Tilia account? In other languages: Deutsch Español Français Italiano 日本語 Português Русский Türkçe What is Tilia? Tilia is a subsidiary of Linden Lab that offers certain financial services to the Second Life community and helps Second Life comply with U.S. laws and regulations. As of August 1, 2019, Tilia assumes management of your account's U.S. dollar balance in the form of your Tilia account. Tilia also handles process credit requests and payments made from your Tilia account. A Tilia account associated with your Second Life account is created automatically, and you do not need a separate username or password to access your Tilia account. Processing credit with Tilia In order to stay in compliance with regulatory requirements, if you wish to credit a portion of your U.S. Dollar balance to your PayPal or Skrill account (known as processing a credit) then you must provide certain personal information to verify your identity, including your: Name Address Date of birth Social security number (or government-issued identification if you are not a U.S. Citizen). You may also be required to provide additional information to complete the transaction. Tilia securely stores this information so that you should only need to provide it once. Note: Customers under 18 years of age will not be able to process credit after August 1, 2019 until they reach the age of 18. Important: If your Tilia Account is inactive for a period of 12 months, you will be charged an inactivity fee. Your Tilia Account will be charged this fee each successive month until it is no longer inactive. More information about this fee can be found in Section 3.4 of Tilia’s Terms of Service. Identity verification questions Why am I required to provide personal information to Tilia and what will you do with it? As registered money services businesses, Linden Lab and Tilia are required to comply with applicable U.S. laws and regulations. As part of our ongoing risk management process, we must obtain, verify, and record information about our customers for whom we offer financial-related services. We take your privacy and security seriously, so your personal information will continue to remain protected and will only be used for purposes that are outlined in Linden Lab’s and Tilia’s Privacy Policies. What types of IDs are acceptable? Acceptable forms of photo ID include: Driver's license Passport Any other form of government-issued photo ID If you do not have any of these forms of identification, please contact our customer support team for additional guidance. I have already submitted my photo ID. Why do I have to do it again? The financial-related services that are offered by Linden Lab are now managed by Linden Lab's wholly-owned subsidiary, Tilia Inc. Tilia is required to comply with applicable U.S. laws and regulations. As part of our ongoing risk management process, we obtain, verify, and record information about our customers for whom we offer financial-related services. Your personal information will remain protected and will only be used for purposes that are outlined in our Privacy Policy, which can be accessed on our website. Most Residents will not need to resubmit information if it has been previously provided. However, there may be some instances where Tilia may need to collect and verify the documentation again. My bank, credit card company, or PayPal has already verified my identity. Why do I need to verify again with Tilia? As a money services business, Tilia is required to comply with the various state and federal laws regarding money transmission, which require us to collect and verify this information regardless of whether you have provided this information to other financial institutions, such as your credit card company or PayPal. I do not have a Social Security Number. How do I proceed? If you are not a U.S. Citizen, you can provide a passport and a utility bill to verify your identity. If you are a U.S. Citizen and do not have a Social Security number, please contact customer service. What if I do not want to submit Social Security information? We will not be able to process your transaction without your Social Security information; the law states that we must collect and verify this information. Why wasn't this information asked for during registration? The requirements for collecting information only apply to certain financial transactions, such as using funds in your stored value wallet to process credit to US dollars. There are no such regulatory requirements for registering to use Second Life. When will I be asked for an ID? You are asked for ID when you initiate a process-credit request and send US dollars to your payment method on file. Can I voluntarily submit my ID for verification before making a process credit request? Yes. You can voluntarily submit your ID for verification without making a process credit request. This will ensure that you do not experience a delay when attempting to process credit for the first time with Tilia. Please visit your Billing Information page on the Second Life website. You can access the submission form by clicking We may need some additional information in order to process credit from your Tilia account. Once your identity has been verified, the message changes to read, "We have all the information we require to process credit from your Tilia account. Thank you!" For more information about this process, please see this blog post: Voluntary Regulatory Information Submission. How long does this process take? Requests are usually processed within one to three days, but in some cases the process may take up to 30 days. What happens to my US dollar balance if I don't comply? Your stored U.S. dollar balance remains on your account. We will not accept any process-credit requests until we have received and reviewed the requested documents. You may continue to use your U.S. Dollar balance to pay for Second Life services and Linden dollars. What is an acceptable proof of address? Acceptable documents are listed below, and must be dated within the last 3 months: Current utility bill Bank, credit card, or financial statement Cell phone bill Rental agreement or lease Tax form Voter registration Insurance statement Photos of these documents must be clear and in-focus, cover the full document, and must clearly show the required information. If I change my legal name, what kind of documents do I need to provide? If you change your name, you must submit updated information. Acceptable documents include: Name change certificate Marriage certificate Certificate of Divorce Certificate of commitment How do I update my email on file to make sure I can receive communications from Tilia? If you would like to update your email account to a more current one, you may do so by clicking this link: https://accounts.secondlife.com/change_email/. We encourage you to verify your email address and make sure it remains current. What kinds of transactions do not normally require ID verification? ID verification applies to process credit requests, which are requests to credit some or all of your U.S. Dollar balance to a PayPal or Skrill account. Therefore, the following types of transactions do not normally require you to send your personal information: Buying Linden dollars with any payment method Using a credit card, PayPal, or Skrill to pay for Second Life services such as Premium membership or land use fees Spending Linden dollars Selling Linden dollars on the LindeX Tilia usage questions Can I access my Tilia account separately from my Second Life account? This is currently not possible. Your Tilia account is integrated with your Second Life account, and is accessed through the Second Life website with your Second Life login credentials. Services that are provided by Tilia will be clearly marked. Can Tilia credit U.S. dollars directly to my bank account? Tilia cannot process credit directly to bank accounts at this time, but can credit your U.S. Dollar balance to a PayPal or Skrill account. Do I need to use Tilia to buy Linden dollars? No. Tilia is not involved in the Linden dollar purchase process. You can continue to use your payment method on file to buy Linden dollars and do not need to provide any additional personal information. How can I avoid the inactivity fee? If your Tilia account is inactive for a period of 12 months, you are charged a small, monthly inactivity fee of no more than $3.00 to offset the engineering, support, accounting, and compliance costs of maintaining your account. This inactivity fee cannot reduce your U.S. Dollar balance below zero, and will never result in a new credit card charge. The inactivity fee does not affect your Linden dollar balance. To avoid this inactivity fee, you need only to log into your account on the Second Life website at least once every 12 months. Additionally, Residents with a Premium membership will not incur an inactivity fee for as long as their Premium membership is current. Why can't I process credit? If we have not yet been able to verify your personal information documents, we will not be able to accept any process-credit requests. What happens if I don't accept Tilia's Terms of Service? If you maintain a U.S. Dollar balance (such as through the sale of Linden dollars on the LindeX), it is important that you review and accept the Tilia Terms of Service. You will be prompted to do so when you log into Secondlife.com. If you have a U.S. Dollar balance on August 1, 2019 and do not accept the Terms of Service, you will have until October 31, 2019 to do so or you will no longer be able to use your U.S. Dollar balance. If you do not accept the Terms of Service, you will still be able to log into Second Life and use your payment method on file (such as a credit card) to pay for items and services, but you will no longer have the ability to request a process credit transaction, or make payments for Second Life services from your U.S. Dollar balance. Technical and legal questions Is my information stored securely? We understand your concerns. Your information is protected as outlined in our Privacy Policy. If you do not feel comfortable providing the information through the internet, please contact customer support for additional methods. For more information about how we protect your data, check out our blog post: Information about Privacy and Security in Tilia. Is Tilia compliant with GDPR? Tilia is fully compliant with the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR). For more information, please see our Privacy Policy. If you have specific questions about your individual account and situation, please contact our customer support team. Does Tilia share my personal information with the government? Tilia will not provide your information to any government unless compelled to do so through a legal process, such as a subpoena or search warrant. Will my data be used for data mining purposes? Tilia is not associated with data mining in any way, and your data will not be used for this purpose or sold to third parties. Tilia is a subsidiary of Linden Lab, and exists to strengthen our processes and better protect your data while allowing Second Life’s commercial backbone to thrive. Will my U.S. Dollar balance escheat to the state? Yes. Tilia will comply with unclaimed property laws in every state. What happens if a Second Life Resident dies with a U.S. Dollar balance still on their Tilia account? To see our current policy, visit our wiki article on this topic: Linden Lab Official:Death and other worries outside Second Life.
  5. 3 points
    What is abandoned land? How to abandon land How to tell if land is abandoned What happens to abandoned land I abandoned my land by mistake! How to request purchase of abandoned land Review of land that looks abandoned In other languages: Deutsch Español Français Italiano 日本語 Português What is abandoned land? Abandoned land is a mainland parcel that has been returned to Linden Lab by the previous owner. How to abandon land Open the World menu and select About Land. The About Land window opens. In the General tab of the About Land window, click Abandon Land. Review the confirmation and click Ok. How to tell if land is abandoned Abandoned land is owned by Governor Linden and contains the term "Abandoned Land" in the parcel name. The parcel description often includes the name of the previous owner. Land that is owned by another Resident is not abandoned, even if it appears to be unused. What happens to abandoned land When a mainland parcel is abandoned, the ownership of the parcel changes to Governor Linden. There is no Linden dollar (L$) grant related to abandoned land. Once abandoned, the parcel settings are amended to reflect the abandoned status and auto-return settings are enabled after one week. Note: This program applies only to Linden-owned Mainland areas and does not include Private Regions. I abandoned my land by mistake! You should never expect to be able to reclaim abandoned land. Please use care to make sure that any abandonment action is intentional. However, if you do make a mistake, please submit a support case as soon as possible. Include the parcel location and explain that you would like to reclaim a parcel you abandoned by mistake. We can attempt to make a one-time courtesy effort to recover the land for you. How to request purchase of abandoned land To request the sale of abandoned land, submit a support case of the type Land & Region, and choose Abandoned Land from the second dropdown. Provide the details of your request. In many cases, we can assist by making a larger or smaller sized parcel available rather than the actual parcel that has been requested. If you require a different size parcel than what is currently available, please request the desired size (in square meters) and provide a SLurl to the parcel's location. We will attempt to assist with a direct sale to the Resident who has made the request, so please submit a ticket as soon as you are aware of the abandoned location. We attempt to give priority to those who already have land in the region, so please let us know if the request is for neighboring or additional land within the same region. We will try to assist with a direct sale of the abandoned land at a the price of L$1 per square meter. In some cases, abandoned land may not be eligible for a direct sale. In these cases we will attempt to make the land available for sale via the auction system. Here are some of the reasons that requested land may need to be offered as an auction: The location has a limited amount of abandoned land in the region. The location is neighboring protected land or waterfront. The location is in a themed area such as Bay City, Horizons, or Nautilus. The location offers bonus object use. The location is Adult rated. The location is newly abandoned and not known to be available. These are only guidelines; each request is considered on a case-by-case basis and we may not be able to assist by making an abandoned parcel available as a direct sale or auction. Review of land that looks abandoned If you find a parcel that appears to be owned by a defunct account or group, there is a possibility that we can make the parcel available for sale. However, please note that land owned by a valid account or group is not abandoned, even if it appears to be unused. Please bear in mind that many Residents have annual accounts, and it may take many months for the account status to expire if they have chosen to leave or use a different account. Land cannot be reclaimed simply due to inactivity. If you have a premium account, you can trigger an auction for abandoned land by opening a support case with the following information: The parcel's SLurl. The concern that prompted you to investigate the parcel's status.
  6. 2 points
    Benefits of premium membership Upgrading to a premium account Linden Homes Linden dollar rewards Sign-up bonus Weekly Linden dollar rewards (stipend) Stipends for old accounts Premium virtual goods (gifts) How to get your premium virtual good Object permissions on premium virtual goods How to get help for premium virtual goods Frequently asked questions I didn't receive the previous virtual good, and the kiosk only provides the most recent one. Can I get the one I missed? Can I take multiple copies of a good from the kiosk? I accidentally deleted my premium virtual good. Can I get it back? Premium sandboxes Other premium benefits Live chat support Right to own land in popular mainland areas Immediate access to adult-only areas Increased number of group memberships Preferred access to highly populated regions Downgrading or canceling your premium membership Downgrading from premium to a basic membership Canceling your account You may still be charged for land In other languages: Deutsch Español Français Italiano Português Русский 日本語 Benefits of premium membership Premium membership provides the following benefits: Your own private Linden Home Linden dollar rewards Exclusive virtual goods Premium-only sandboxes Live chat support The right to own mainland parcels in popular areas Immediate access to adult-only areas Maximum number of group memberships increased from 42 to 70 Preferred access to highly populated regions, utilizing increased region capacity Access to premium-only events and experiences Voice morphing Cap on missed instant messages increased from 15 to 80 L$ transaction history increased from 32 days to 90 days Upgrading to a premium account To upgrade from basic to premium membership: Log into the Second Life website. On the left side of the screen, click Premium Membership. The Change Membership Plan screen opens, displaying a chart of Membership plans and prices. Select Premium (choose from Monthly, Quarterly, or Annual billing options). Click Save Changes. Your new plan becomes effective at your next billing date. Note: As a Premium member, you get a one-time bonus of L$1000 and receive a weekly stipend of $L300 and a 1024 square meter premium tier bonus. You may only receive the L$1000 upgrade bonus once per account. Linden Homes Linden Homes are ready-to-move-in homes that belong to a themed community and are available only to premium account members. Note: Linden Homes are available only to Residents at least 18 years old. For more information on Linden Homes, see Overview of Linden Homes. Linden dollar rewards As a premium member, you get a sign-up bonus and a weekly stipend of Linden dollars. Sign-up bonus When you register for a premium account, you get a sign-up bonus of L$1,000, deposited directly into your Second Life account once your premium membership has been active for 45 consecutive days. Weekly Linden dollar rewards (stipend) As a premium member, you receive a weekly stipend of $L300, whether you log in or not. Stipends are paid every week on Tuesdays. Payments are based on information gathered from the database as of the preceding Monday. For example: If you create a premium account on Monday, April 14, you will receive your first stipend on Tuesday, April 15. If you create a premium account on Tuesday, April 15, you will receive your first stipend on Tuesday, April 22. Due to technical issues, stipend payments may appear late in the day on Tuesdays or very occasionally on Wednesday; if you believe your stipend is late, it's worth checking the Status Blog to see if stipend payments for the week have been delayed. Note: Premium accounts which are currently delinquent will not receive their stipends while the account is past due; instead, the stipends will be placed on hold and automatically delivered after the account is no longer delinquent. (It may take up to 24-48 hours for held stipends to arrive after a balance is cleared). Stipends for old accounts The stipend amount for older accounts depends on what type of account you have and its age. Premium accounts created or upgraded from basic: On or after November 1, 2006 receive L$300 per week. Between July 21, 2006 and November 1, 2006 receive L$400 per week. Before July 21, 2006 receive L$500 per week. Certain old basic accounts get a stipend; basic accounts created Before May 29, 2006 receive a stipend of L$50 per week, if they log in that week. After May 29, 2006 do not receive a weekly stipend. Premium virtual goods (gifts) As a premium member, you periodically get an premium virtual good as a benefit. The premium virtual goods are designed by Residents commissioned by Linden Lab. How to get your premium virtual good To get your premium virtual good, go to one of the inworld vending kiosks listed in the Second Life Destination Guide: http://secondlife.com/destinations/premium/gifts. If you are logged in to the website, go to https://secondlife.com/destinations/premium/gifts instead. To use one of the kiosks: Right-click the kiosk. Choose Buy. (You won't be charged—the item is free for premium account holders.) The item is transferred to your inventory. The inworld vending kiosks only provide the latest premium virtual good. You cannot get older ones. Object permissions on premium virtual goods Premium virtual goods are no modify, no transfer, copy, meaning you can make copies but cannot modify or transfer the items. For general information on object permissions, see Object permissions. How to get help for premium virtual goods Premium virtual goods are commissioned by Linden Lab and designed by Residents. Please do not contact the creator for support. Each premium virtual good comes with an FAQ notecard to help you get started and answer common questions. If you still have an unanswered question, email premium_feedback@lindenlab.com. We will update the notecard as needed, but cannot provide individual responses. Frequently asked questions I didn't receive the previous virtual good, and the kiosk only provides the most recent one. Can I get the one I missed? No, the premium gift vending kiosks only provide the current premium virtual goods. Can I take multiple copies of a good from the kiosk? Yes! As a premium member, you can take as many copies of the premium virtual good as you like. I accidentially deleted my premium virtual good. Can I get it back? Yes. As long as the next premium virtual good has not been distributed, you can get it from an inworld kiosk. Premium sandboxes A sandbox is an area put aside for building practice. Much like real sandboxes and conceptual sandbox games, these are spaces of creativity and chaos. For more information on sandboxes, see Building tips. Several sandboxes exist for specific purposes—such as the Weapons Testing Sandbox—but the majority are simply for regular building. Signs within each sandbox area make it clear what kind of activities are allowed there. Sandboxes usually have auto-return enabled to clean themselves several times a day; look for auto-clean information before building, so you aren't caught by surprise. Since sandboxes are experimental, they may also be unstable—be sure to take regular inventory backups of anything that's important. Premium sandboxes are accessible only to Residents with premium membership. Each sandbox is made up of four regions. Generally, there is one sandbox per Linden Home continent. Find the premium sandboxes through the Second Life Destination Guide: http://secondlife.com/destinations/premium/sandboxes. Other premium benefits Premium membership provides additional benefits: Live chat support Residents with premium accounts may initiate a live chat for support issues via the support portal. Basic accounts do not qualify for this kind of support. Right to own land in popular mainland areas Residents with a premium account can buy mainland parcels and need to pay a monthly tier when their land exceeds 1024m². For more information, see Land Use Fees. The mainland is the largest connected land-mass in Second Life, consisting of hundreds of regions connected to one another with roads, railroads and open oceans. Being a premium member is a prerequisite for owning mainland parcels. Immediate access to adult-only areas Linden homes and some adult areas are accessible only to those 18 years and older. If you are 18 years or older when you sign-up for a premium membership you will automatically have access to these areas. For more information, see Age-restricted content and Accessing Adult land and content. Increased number of group memberships Residents with a premium account may be a member of up to 70 groups at a time. Basic accounts may only join up to 42 groups. Preferred access to highly populated regions Regions in Second Life have a bonus capacity to allow region owners, estate managers, and Residents with Premium accounts to enter an otherwise full Region. The default limit on the number of avatars allowed in a region is as follows: Full Regions support an extra 10% (100 to 110) Homesteads support an extra 25% (20 to 25) Open Spaces support an extra 20% (10 to 12) For full details on access to bonus region capacity, see Improved Region Capacity and Access on the Second Life Blog. Downgrading or canceling your premium membership Downgrading from premium to a basic membership To downgrade your premium or Concierge account to basic, follow these steps: Log into the Second Life website. On the left side of the screen, select Premium Membership. The Change Membership Plan screen opens, displaying a chart of Membership plans and prices. Select Basic Account. Click Save Changes. Your new plan becomes effective at your next billing date. Warning: If you downgrade to a basic account, you will lose all the land you own, and you will no longer have access to your weekly Linden dollar stipend or live chat support. Make sure to sell all your land before you downgrade! You may also wish to check your group land contributions and make arrangements to keep your group's land holdings in good standing. Note: If you are a member of more than 42 groups, you will not lose any group memberships when you downgrade. However, you may not join any new groups with a basic account until you reduce your group memberships to fewer than 42. Canceling your account When you cancel your account, it is deactivated and you will lose access to it at your next billing review date. If you're thinking about canceling your account entirely, consider leaving it active with a basic membership, which costs nothing to maintain. If at some point in the future you should choose to revisit Second Life, your avatar and your inventory will be here waiting for you. You can cancel your account by going to the Delete Account page after logging in with your Second Life username and password. This link is also accessible through the Account section on the left of your Dashboard. Once logged in, select the reason why you have chosen to delete your account and then find the Cancel Account button at the bottom of the page. Your account will remain open until your billing review date, as account maintenance fees are paid in advance. Tip: If you want to keep your name, avatar, and inventory for possible future use but don't want to pay the reactivation fee, you can downgrade to a free basic account instead of canceling your account altogether. You may still be charged for land If you cancel or downgrade your account from premium, you may still be charged for your current month's land holdings. As stated on the Land Pricing & Use Fees page: Thus you are always charged for your premium membership and the maximum amount land you owned during the current billing cycle, regardless of whether you cancelled your account before the end of the month. Note: When you cancel your account, it remains active until the end of your payment period. You may still log in and use Second Life during this time. For instance, if you buy a yearly Second Life membership and cancel it the next day, you are still be treated as a premium member for the next year!
  7. 2 points
    Overview Why buy land? Types of land How to buy land Buying mainland Buying Private Regions Additional tips Land tier Example Land use fees Exceptions Finding land to buy Land sales in Private Regions Land object capacity Overview More than one parcel in a region Vehicles and parcel limits Object bonus factor In other languages: Deutsch Español Français Italiano 日本語 Português Pусский Türkçe Overview Why buy land? Owning land can be one of the most exciting and rewarding experiences in Second Life. Once you become a landowner, you truly become a part of the Second Life community, and can create and keep things inworld that will be there when you return. Your own land is a space you can customize however you want, and a canvas where your creations can come to life. Land in Second Life is a place to call home, where you can invite friends to hang out, hold events, and more. You can use many of the virtual items you purchase in Second Life—like clothes, accessories and cars—anywhere. But if you purchase a house, a garden, or an entire forest, you're going to need somewhere to put it: your own plot of land! Types of land How to buy land There are several ways to buy land: Buy a parcel on the mainland if you have a premium account. You get a free Linden Home with a premium account, which is a great way to get started with land ownership. See Linden Homes for more information. Buy an entire region (a private island). Instead of buying land, you can rent land: On a private estate - see Renting land from other Residents. On the mainland - see Renting a region for a special event. Buying mainland Linden Lab does not usually set land for direct sale on the mainland. However, there are two special cases in which you can obtain mainland parcels from Linden Lab: Auctions: Linden Lab regularly auctions mainland parcels via Second Life Land Auctions. Land owned on the mainland is subject to a land use fee (also known as a tier fee), which is a monthly charge in addition to premium membership. Abandoned land: In some special cases, Linden Lab sells abandoned mainland parcels to individual Residents. For more information, see Abandoned land. Remember that you can buy land from your fellow Residents, and if you want a whole region to yourself, you can buy a Private Region from the Land Store. Land owned by Governor Linden named "Protected Land" will not generally be terraformed or sold to Residents. Requirements To purchase mainland land in Second Life, you must have a premium account with current payment information on file, and your account must be in good standing. You may also be required to have a clean disciplinary record. As a premium account holder, you have 1024 square meters of tier, that is the ability to own 1024 square meters initially. For more information, see Land tier. A premium account also provides many other benefits. For more information, see Premium membership. Buying Private Regions A private region is a 256m x 256m piece of virtual land. Regions run on a single server and have their own set of controls beyond those provided to mainland parcel owners. For more information see: Buying Private Regions Private Regions Managing private regions Requirements By purchasing a Private Region, you are agreeing to pay the initial setup fee, plus monthly service fees for as long as you own the region. You are also agreeing to a restocking fee if you cancel your order. You will be charged the setup fee once the order is completed. Monthly fees begin 30 days from the date you complete your purchase. Procedure Once you find the land you want, buying it is easy: Right-click the parcel you want to purchase. Choose About Land. Click the Buy Land button. Review the purchase information. Click OK. Additional tips The following tips will help you purchase land wisely and confidently: Make sure you know exactly what you're purchasing! Press Ctrl-Alt-Shift-P on your keyboard to toggle parcel boundary lines. Right-click the parcel to bring up the About Land window, which shows you the land's Area in square meters. Look at the About Land window's General tab to see if objects are included in the sale. Check the Parcel land capacity entry in the About Land window's Objects tab. This indicates how much land impact the land can support before it stops allowing new objects to enter.. Important: If you don't own the land yet, the Region capacity entry is not a measure of the object usage you will receive! If the Advanced menu is active, try hiding objects by pressing Ctrl-Alt-Shift-1 on your keyboard to make sure there isn't a hidden "hole" in the property that you are unwittingly purchasing with the rest of the land. Make sure you're happy with the overall shape of the land. Most land in Second Life can only be raised 4m above or below its original position, and the previous owner may have already reached that limit. Land tier Land tier (often simply referred to as "tier) is a key concept of Second Life land ownership. "Tier" refers to the maximum amount of land you can own on the mainland, measured in square meters (m2). A premium account includes 1024m2 of tier, which can be used for a free Linden Home. Thus, the minimum tier that anyone can have is 1024m2. Note: Tier is not the land itself. It represents the maximum amount of land you can own before advancing to the next pricing tier. "Available tier" or "free tier" (free meaning "remaining" not "free of charge") refer to the remaining, potential land you can own, not counting land you already own. For example, "My tier is 1024m2. I own a 256m2 parcel, so I have 768m2 of free tier. If I buy a 384m2 parcel, that leaves me with 384m2 of tier that's available." Example For example, if you have "5,120m2 of available tier" — the premium account's included 1024m2 + 4,096m2 additional tier level — then you can own any combination of land parcels up to a total of 5,120m2. So owning a 1,024m2 parcel + a 2,048m2 parcel + another 2,048m2 parcel = 5,120m2 completely fills your tier. Land use fees If you need more land, you must upgrade. Use the Land Use Fees page to update your tier level. Upgrading to a higher tier increases your land use fees, but you get a bigger "box for blocks." Increasing your tier level is sometimes called "tiering up." You are notified when purchasing a land parcel if buying it will increase your tier. Tier is connected to but not the same as land use fees. You pay land use fees for tier. Tier is not a currency like Linden dollars. This is especially important for new landowners to understand, as some experienced Residents use the term inaccurately. It's accurate to say "I pay for tier," or "I pay tier fees," but not "I pay tier." Log into your Second Life account summary to manage your land use fees and land. Land use tiers and pricing are shown in the Land Use Fees page. Any tier beyond the first full region is assigned in half-region increments at a rate of US$97.50 per half region. A higher level appears in your land use fees when you upgrade beyond a full region on the mainland. If you sell the land and move back to a tier of one full region or below, the system automatically tiers you down. Note: Private Region (island) fees are charged independently, and do not affect your land tier level. Exceptions Note the following exceptions to the general rules stated above: You can own a private estate yet not have a mainland tier. Group-owned land gets a 10% bonus tier. See Group-owned land for more information. Some Resident-owned private estates have their own distinct tier systems which are not part of Linden Lab's land use fees. If you are renting from such an estate, contact the owner or another appropriate Resident directly for assistance. Finding land to buy The inworld Search tool enables you to browse and filter a comprehensive database of real estate listings. Simply follow these steps: In the Viewer, choose World > Search. Choose Land & Rentals from the dropdown menu at the top of the Second Life Search window. You can search by keyword or leave the Search field blank. Click Search. A list of classified real estate ads appears. In the lefthand column, select For Sale. If you wish, filter your results by customizing the Area and Price fields and by indicating what kind of land you wish to buy in the Type dropdown menu. The filters update the listings automatically. Click on a listing to view more details. When you find a property that interests you, click Teleport to go explore it! Tip: Looking for land on the mainland near you? Select World > World Map to open the map, then select the Land for Sale checkbox. Nearby land for sale is highlighted on the map. Second Life's Auctions also list land parcels up for sale to the highest bidder. Auction parcels can sell for Linden Dollars (L$) as well as US dollars (USD$). Land sales in Private Regions The mechanics of buying and selling land in a Private Region are very similar to the process on the mainland. However, there are a few key differences that buyers and sellers should take into account when making a land transaction in a Private Region. Similarities As the seller, the Private Region owner can split parcels of the region and set them for sale. The technical steps for buying the land are identical. Differences Parcels in Private Regions are governed by covenants. A covenant is a kind of contract, defined by the owner of the Private Region, to which you must agree before buying the land. It may outline details such as local theme, rental fees, architectural regulations, and rules of behavior. Land purchased in a Private Region does not count against your land use tier, however the owner may charge you a fee for continuing use of the land. The Private Region owner may evict you from your parcel in a Private Region at any time. Private Region owners have absolute power over their estates and are within their rights to reclaim land as they see fit. Make sure to read your region's covenant closely for terms of use before you buy your parcel. Private Region owners have use of the Region/Estate window which includes such region access options as: Access restricted to Residents based on payment status Region maturity can be set to General, Moderate, or Adult Tip: If a region owner changes the maturity setting for their region, it may affect who can access your parcel and view search listings made from it. Read the region covenant and communicate with the region owner (or estate manager where applicable) to avoid any disruptions to your parcel settings or access. Land object capacity The number of objects (prims) that can exist on a region is restricted due to technology limitations. The corresponding calculation for mesh objects are different. See Calculating land impact for more information. Overview Each region of 256m x 256m (65536 square meters) supports a land capacity of 15,000. Divided evenly, this means that each region has a capacity of approximately 0.229 per square meter. In practical terms, this means a 512 square meter parcel can support up to a capacity of 117, a 1024 square meter parcel can support up to 234, and so forth. More than one parcel in a region All parcels belonging to the same owner (or group) in the same region share their land capacity. You can view this represented as Region capacity in the About Land window. In this way, it is possible for the Parcel land impact number to be higher than the Parcel land capacity number. To view the About Land window, stand on a parcel and select World > About Land. For information about objects on the land, select the Objects tab in the About Land window. Vehicles and parcel limits Objects that are Selected / sat upon do not count against the Parcel land capacity. This allows vehicles to pass freely through parcels that might not otherwise be able to support them. Remember that a Region can only support 15,000 objects, regardless of parcel settings- if a Region is full, you cannot drive a vehicle into it. Object bonus factor In Private Regions, the owner may set a Object Bonus to increase the land capacity of each parcel. This setting multiplies the capacity each parcel can support by the Bonus Factor. It is important to note that this does not increase the maximum capacity supported by the Region, which means that not all parcels in the Region will be able to reach their listed maximum capacity.
  8. 2 points
    US dollar balance Ways to use your US dollar balance Pay for Second Life expenses Process credit (withdrawal) Wire transfers Sending money to Linden Lab Receiving money from Linden Lab In other languages: Deutsch Español Français Italiano Português Pусский Türkçe 日本語 US dollar balance Note: As of August 1, 2019, your US dollar balance is managed by Tilia, a subsidiary of Linden Lab. For additional details about Tilia and how it interacts with your Second Life account, please see the Tilia FAQ. All Second Life® accounts have both a Linden dollar balance and a US dollar balance. You can see both balances in the Linden Dollar Summary and Tilia Account Summary on your Account page at secondlife.com. When you have a new Second Life account, your US dollar balance is $0. You can increase your US dollar balance by selling L$ on the LindeX. The L$ can be used to make purchases inworld or on the Second Life Marketplace; the US$ can be used for other purposes related to your account. Using your US dollar balance You can put your US dollar balance to work in several ways, explained below. Pay for Second Life expenses When you pay your premium membership fee, land use fees, private estate fees, buy Linden dollars or buy a Private Region, Linden Lab charges your US dollar balance. If your US dollar balance does not cover your expenses, all available US$ credit is applied to the fee. Then we charge the remainder via your preferred payment method. (Bill the full amount to your payment method by clicking "DON'T USE" next to your USD balance.) If you make enough Linden dollars, you can sell them on the LindeX to increase your US dollar balance. Some Residents' premium accounts pay for themselves! Process credit (withdrawal) Update: As of June 6, 2016, Turkish Second Life Residents are unable to use PayPal to process credit on their US dollar balances. It is, however, still possible for Turkish Residents to make purchases or to process credit using Skrill. For more information about PayPal's suspension of operations in Turkey, please visit PayPal's website (in Turkish). Net proceeds from your sales of Linden Dollars remain as credit on your Second Life account, and this credit is automatically applied to your account fees as described above. If you do not wish to apply your Linden Dollar sales proceeds to your fees, you may withdraw this portion of your account credit through a real-world credit process. (See Process Credit) Note that you may only process credit due to net proceeds from sales of Linden Dollars. Purchases of account credits and credits due to gift codes or other promotional account credits are nonrefundable, and may not be processed as a payment to you. You must be in full compliance with our Terms of Service to receive any payment through the credit payment process. This includes, without limitation, the requirement to have accurate and complete registration information, including verifiable billing information. Under certain circumstances, Linden Lab may request additional information from you before processing a request. If provided in a timely manner, this extra step should not significantly delay processing times. Additionally, you must be in compliance with Tilia's Terms of Service and provide Tilia with adequate documentation for ID verification in order to process credit. Tilia is a subsidiary of Linden Lab that offers certain financial services to the Second Life community and helps Second Life comply with U.S. laws and regulations. For additional information about Tilia and the documentation required for ID verification, please see the Tilia FAQ. The following table provides an estimate for when you should receive your USD in your account based on the day of the week you submit your request. You should expect to see the USD in your account on or before the date listed. For most requests, you should receive payment to your PayPal or Skrill account within two business days. However, for a minority of requests, this process may take five business days. Business holidays in the US will extend the two or five business day window by one day. Requested Day Two Business Days later Five Business Days Later Monday Wednesday Following Monday Tuesday Thursday Following Tuesday Wednesday Friday Following Wednesday Thursday Following Monday Following Thursday Friday Following Tuesday Following Friday Saturday Following Wednesday Following Monday (Eight calendar days later) Sunday Following Wednesday Following Monday (Seven calendar days later) How can I withdraw USD credit from my account balance? You may choose to credit your US dollar balance to a PayPal or Skrill account. This is known as a process-credit request, because you are requesting to process credit from the Second Life system to your real-world account. Depending on which option you choose, you may be subject to fees and minimum withdrawal amounts. How do I select a payout method? When you request to process a credit from Second Life to your real-world account using the new system, you will be required to choose a payout method. To place a process-credit request to PayPal, you will need to select your PayPal email address from the request form. The form lists the PayPal account(s) you currently have on file at secondlife.com, as well as the PayPal account that you used for process-credit requests (if you have made previous requests in the old process-credit system). To place a process-credit request to Skrill, you need to select your Skrill email address from the request form. The form lists the Skrill account(s) you currently have on file at secondlife.com, as well as the Skrill accounts that you used for process-credit requests (if you have made previous requests in the older process-credit system). Choose one of the existing accounts, or add a new PayPal/Skrill account as a payment method in the Change Payment Method window: Note: If you change your payout method, we may require additional information to verify your identity before we process the request. This verification is for your security. Can I send funds to someone else's PayPal or Skrill account? Process-credit requests must be sent to a PayPal or Skrill account that you control. They are not meant to be used to pay someone else. Is there a minimum or maximum amount? The minimum process-credit amount allowed is $10, plus any fees. The maximum amount per transaction is $9,999 minus fees. If necessary, you can process a larger amount over multiple smaller transactions. If you are permanently closing your account, you may request a withdrawal of the full US dollar balance, even if it is less than $10. This is the only circumstance where the $10 minimum does not apply. To begin this process, please contact Support for assistance. How much does it cost to process credits? There is a fee per process-credit transaction. Fees are subtracted from the amount you enter in the form, so you will receive less than that amount in your PayPal or Skrill account. You can view the relevant fee amounts on the Transaction Fees and Payment Priority page. How long does it take to process credits? For processing a credit to a Paypal or Skrill account, requests generally take up to five business days (Monday-Friday, not including U.S. holidays) to be completed. We always strive for quick turnaround; however, holidays and the volume of transactions may affect processing times. Also, in the event that Linden Lab requires additional information from a Resident, the processing time will depend on the timely submission of the information by the Resident. How can I check on my previous and pending requests? To view a full history of your process credit transactions, see the Process Credit History page. Any recent requests that have yet to be sent to PayPal or Skrill will say "processing" next to the timestamp. If the request looks to have been completed, but you haven't received funds in your PayPal or Skrill account, please contact Support for assistance. How can I cancel a process-credit request? You might have entered the wrong amount or the wrong PayPal/Skrill account information when requesting a credit. If you think you've made a mistake, check your Process Credit History and then contact Support for assistance. You'll need to tell us which request is to be canceled (use the date/time and the amount to identify it). Please notify us as soon as you can, so that we can reverse the request and restore the funds to your account balance. Afterward, you may request the withdrawal again, or you may use the funds to pay Second Life account fees. Wire transfers Sending money to Linden Lab Linden Lab is not currently able to accept payment from your bank via wire transfer. Please pay for balances through credit card, Paypal, or Skrill. Receiving money from Linden Lab Linden Lab is not currently able to support payment to your bank via wire transfer. If you wish to credit your USD balance to an external account, please do so through Paypal or Skrill.
  9. 1 point
    Telehubs and direct teleport Configuring telehubs Hosting large events Covenants Setting the covenant Covenants and reselling land Covenants and communication Improving region performance Statistics Bar Restarting Private Regions Transferring Private Regions Transfer fees Monthly billing Moving and renaming Private Regions Pricing for Private Region Management Services Renaming a Private Region Moving a Private Region Land impact change Increasing land impact Pricing for land impact changes Requesting land impact changes Backing up and restoring Private Region terrain To backup your terrain To restore your terrain Allowing neighbors Land sales in Private Regions Reclaiming land parcels from tenants Private Region auto-saves and restores (rollbacks) Requesting a rollback Consequences Grandfathered pricing Region environment settings Presets Choosing the settings you see Sun settings How to turn off clouds and other features Working with presets Working with day cycles Choosing environment settings for a region Region boundaries Teleports Effects on users of older Viewers Setting region maturity In other languages: Deutsch Français Español Português Italiano 日本語 Türkçe Pусский Telehubs and direct teleport There are two basic approaches to controlling where visitors to your estates appear: you can either use a telehub to force all visitors to appear at a set location, or you can allow visitors to teleport directly to wherever they wish. If you choose to use a telehub, you must disable Allow Direct Teleport on the Estate tab of the REGION/ESTATE window (World > Region/Estate). In addition, you should clear any landing points that might be set for the parcels on your estate (using the About Land window's OPTIONS tab), as they can cause the telehub to malfunction. If you choose to allow direct teleportation, you should disable or remove any telehub object that you have in your region. You can, however, use parcel landing points to provide parcel-level control over where people appear when they teleport into the region. Configuring telehubs Telehubs are controlled through the REGION/ESTATE window, on the Region tab. Note: If you are the owner of a Region, you always teleport directly to the center of it instead of to a set telehub or landing point. To connect your telehub: Right-click on the object and select Edit. In the REGION/ESTATE window, click the Region tab. Click Manage Telehub. Click Add Spawn. Click your telehub object again, and click Connect telehub. Here are some things to consider regarding telehubs: Format: The telehub references an object on your Private Region or island. This can be any object, but generally it should be phantom and raised slightly off the ground (avatars arrive in the center of it). You can use any prim. Movement: The telehub is saved as a bookmark to a specific object; it is not saved in the object itself. As a result, you may freely move your telehub object around; the telehub waypoint moves with it. However, if the object ever leaves the region (for example, you accidentally Return it or Take it to Inventory), the telehub waypoint is lost, and you need to create a new telehub. Spawnpoints: You can create multiple spawnpoints for your telehub. Incoming residents arrive at one of the spawnpoints. To make spawnpoints: Create transparent cubes at each location you wish people to spawn. Place the telehub object in the middle. Save the spawnpoints and connect them to the telehub. Spawnpoints are saved as offsets of the telehub (i.e. "two meters west and one meter north of the telehub"). As such, the objects used to create the spawnpoints may be deleted (though the telehub must remain as always). Moving the telehub moves all spawnpoints as a group. Incoming visitors are routed to the nearest spawnpoint or to a random spawnpoint (especially when the nearest gets overcrowded) chosen from the points you designated. Permissions: The estate owner, estate managers, or owners of a group to whom the land is deeded can always freely teleport around the estate. Multi-region estates: Each region in an estate can have its own telehub. If you'd prefer to have one telehub that functions for all regions within an estate, you can try defining a single telehub in just one region on the estate and disabling Allow Direct Teleport at the estate level. Hosting large events Important: If you plan to host a large gathering on a Private Region, please give Linden Lab as much advance notice as possible. Provide the date, expected attendance, location, name of event, event sponsor and event manager. Keep the following technical considerations in mind: The maximum number of avatars on a region can be set to 100, but best practice is to limit each region to 50. Remember to plan for crowd control. Adjust the number of avatars allowed on your region at one time by selecting World > Region/Estate and changing the number in the Agent Limit field on the Region tab. Creating a group can be an effective way to manage Residents and sustain interaction beyond the event itself. Linden Lab recommends considering a multiple-locations strategy for large events. This requires considering how to allocate avatars to the locations manually, via scripting, or by distributing different arrival locations. A four-corners strategy (to get about 200 avatars in one place) has drawbacks, since across-boundary info exchange and drawing will affect performance. If this is your first event, you may want to work with a developer or someone who has already had experience managing large events.You can find developers in the Developer Directory. Event managers can be located through SLClassifieds or one of the many exchanges or periodicals that have grown up around Second Life. Covenants A covenant is a set of terms and conditions determined by an estate owner. It may outline such details as local theme, rental fees, architectural regulations, and rules of behavior in the Private Region. To purchase a parcel on an estate, a Resident must agree to the estate's covenant. You don't need to set a covenant to enable land sale on your estate, but you should do so if you plan to establish zoning or other rules. Covenants are viewable by the parcel owner at all times in the Covenant tabs of the About Land window and the REGION/ESTATE window. Setting the covenant To set or change the covenant for an estate, simply drop a new notecard into the Covenant box in the Covenant tab of the REGION/ESTATE window. Remember: The covenant applies across every region in an estate. Estate managers can set parcels for sale and can reset the covenant. Land parcels can be reclaimed at any time by the estate owner. Deselecting the land sales box does reset parcels already set for sale. Covenants and reselling land To allow Residents to sell or deed land they have purchased from you, select Allow Land Resell in the Region tab. Covenants and communication Covenants are intended to communicate the terms and conditions of owning property on your estate. Do not change the terms of a covenant without informing your Residents — you wouldn't want any service provider you pay to hold you to rules you didn't consent to in advance. Your covenant should be clearly written and include: Features and benefits - Covenants are used for advertising. What makes your land valuable? Do you boast an exceptionally beautiful beach, or do you pride yourself on top-notch service? Payment information - Many estate owners use rental boxes or other automated means to keep track of payments. Your payment system should be as straightforward as possible. Code of conduct - What a renter can and cannot do. Zoning or theming - For example, you can state that no stores are allowed in a residential area; or you can disallow futuristic-looking builds in your ancient Egypt-themed estate. Best ways to communicate with you as the estate owner - If your instant messages easily get capped, make sure to include an email or web form where you can be reached. Some estate owners also delegate support to their estate managers or other staff. Tip: Communication is key! Make sure your renters can easily get in touch with you. Estate owners and managers are the final arbiters of the estate. Individual landowners (renters) on your estate may not directly request rollbacks or other technical support (such as restarts) but should contact you or your estate managers for those needs. Learn from existing covenants Visit Private Regions where estate owners already have covenants before you write your own. Tip: Many estate owners put their covenants on their websites, which are also used to promote their property. Try searching for phrases like "second life land rent covenant". In the Viewer, choose World > Search. The Second Life Search window opens. Choose Land & Rentals from the dropdown menu at the top and click Search (you may specify a keyword if you wish). A list of classified real estate ads appears. In the lefthand column, select For Sale, customize the Area and Price fields as desired, and choose Private Island - Full from the dropdown menu under Type. The filters update the listings automatically. Click on a listing to view more details. When you find a property that interests you, click Teleport. Once you arrive at the region, select World > About Land > COVENANT. Read the covenant to see if it contains anything useful. If yes, take notes. If not, move on. Warning: Do not plagiarize other estate owners' covenants. Be inspired, not lazy. Improving region performance Statistics Bar To gauge the performance of your region, check the region's Frames Per Second (FPS) in the Statistics Bar: Open the Advanced menu by selecting World > Show > Advanced Menu. While standing on your land, select Advanced > Performance Tools > Statistics Bar. Interpreting the Statistics Bar can be a bit overwhelming, so we'll guide you through the relevant parts here. To interpret the Sim FPS performance of your region: 45 FPS: The highest possible value. No action necessary. 35 - 44 FPS: This is good performance; if it never goes below 35 FPS, you don't need to tune if it. 10 - 35 FPS: This is very slow, and should be noticeable. Adjustment is needed to improve your region's performance. 0 - 10 FPS: This is terrible. You may have trouble moving or performing simple tasks. See above. To see more detail on what's slowing down your region, expand the Statistics Bar by clicking on the Time (ms) line; additional region statistics will appear: The Total Frame Time displays the number of milliseconds needed (ms) to display a single frame. Total Frame Time greater than 22.2 ms means your Sim FPS will be below 45 FPS. For a detailed explanation of the values beneath Total Frame Time, see the Statistics Bar article's Time section. Try these tips for improving performance in a region that is running slowly: Having a large number of avatars in a region is the most common cause of low region FPS. Reduce the number of avatars by selecting World > Region/Estate and adjusting the number in the Agent Limit field to specify the number of avatars allowed in your region at any one time. Reduce the number of prims on your region. Reduce the number of objects on your region. In the Statistics Bar, the Script Time line shows how many milliseconds each of the scripts in your region is taking to run. If this value is over 5 milliseconds, check to see which scripts are the busiest in your region by opening the Debug tab in your Region/Estate window and clicking Get Top Scripts. Once you know which scripts are consuming your region's resources, you can remove, replace or optimize them. Also, note that reducing the total number of scripts in your region can improve performance. In the Statistics Bar, the Sim Time (Physics) line shows how many milliseconds your physics calculations are taking. If this value is over 4 milliseconds, check to see which colliders are the most active by opening the Debug tab in your Region/Estate window and clicking Get Top Colliders. Once you know which objects are your top colliders, you can remove, replace or optimize them. Reduce the use of the following items, which slow down region performance: large or numerous textures; sculpted prims, twisted tori, and other geometrically complex objects; particle effects. Restarting Private Regions Region performance can degrade over time due to an accumulation of long-running scripts, physical objects, and object collisions. If your region has not been restarted recently, restarting it may provide a boost in performance. You can restart your regions from inside Second Life using the Region/Estate window, or from the Land Manager on the Second Life website. Restarting a region from inside Second Life To restart a region from inside Second Life: Go to the region you would like to restart. Choose World > Region/Estate from the top menu bar. In the Region/Estate window, click the Debug tab. Click the Restart Region button. A two minute countdown begins and all visitors to the region are notified that the region is about to restart. If you need to cancel the restart within the two minute countdown, click Cancel Restart to cancel the countdown. Restarting a region from the Land Manager To restart a region from the Second Life website: Visit the Land portal on the Second Life website. If you are not logged into the website, you are prompted for your credentials. On the left side of the page, click Land manager to expand the list of Land Manager pages. Click My Regions to see a list of your current Estates. Under My Estates, click the name of the Estate that contains your region. On the My Regions page, find the name of the region you would like to restart and click Restart or Safe Mode: Restart - Begins a two minute countdown and notifies all visitors that the region is about to restart. Restarts initiated from the Land Manager cannot be canceled. Safe mode - Restarting the region in Safe Mode causes it to come back online with scripts, physics, and collisions disabled, which will affect operation of content in the region until those features are manually re-enabled. Safe Mode persists through additional restarts of the region; the only way to return to normal operation is to manually re-enable scripts, physics, and collisions in the region using the Region/Estate window. Re-enabling scripts, physics, and collisions after restarting in Safe Mode To re-enable scripts, physics, and collisions after restarting in Safe Mode: Go to the region that is in Safe Mode. Choose World > Region/Estate from the top menu bar. In the Region/Estate window, click the Debug tab. Un-check the boxes for Disable Scripts, Disable Collisions, and Disable Physics, then click the Apply button. Transferring Private Regions ✏️ Interested in buying or selling a private region from another Resident? The Land Forum at the Second Life Community Forums is a great place to find interested buyers and sellers of private regions. Linden Lab can perform Resident-to-Resident transfers of Private Regions (islands), but both buyer and seller need to agree on a price. Both buyer and seller must submit support tickets, via the Support Portal, naming the region to be transferred and the transaction amount agreed upon in Linden dollars (L$). Both sides also have to confirm other details about the region being transferred. We can rename the Private Region and move it from its original location at the time of the transfer for no additional cost. Please include these requests in the buyer's transfer ticket. Either party can cancel the transfer by closing out their ticket prior to the transfer being performed. Important: If the buyer's payment fails for any reason, then the transfer is cancelled and no action is taken. Both Second Life accounts must be in good standing for the transfer to take place. Here's how to submit a ticket: Go to the Support Portal and log in with your Second Life account. Open a new support case. Under What type of problem are you having? select Land & Region. Under Land & Region, choose Initiate Region Sale or Initiate Region Purchase as appropriate. Complete the other required fields. The information must be consistent for both the buyer and seller tickets. When all the details have been entered, scroll to the bottom and click Submit. If both tickets match (that is, they state the same details and value), we charge the buyer's Second Life account in Linden dollars (L$). Once the charge goes through, we credit the seller the same amount minus the transfer fee. Private Region transfers usually take 5-10 business days from the time both tickets are received. Transfer fees There is a transfer fee per region, debited from the seller's account, which pays for backend work by Linden Lab, including: Changing estate ownership settings Billing transfer Region name change Moving the region The fee amount depends upon the type of region being transferred, and whether it will maintain its Grandfathered pricing status, if applicable: Region Type Keep Grandfathered Pricing? Transfer Fee Full Island Yes $300 Full Island No $100 Homestead Island Yes $150 Homestead Island No $100 Openspace Island Not Applicable $100 Monthly billing The new owner assumes the monthly billing, which is charged on the same day of the month as always. Private Regions, unlike the mainland, bill for the coming month. If the Private Region bills on the 12th of the month, it will continue to bill on the 12th of the month. This means that if the Private Region is transferred on the 14th, the current owner pays for that month. If the Private Region is transferred on the 10th, the new owner pays the fee for the month. Moving and renaming Private Regions Pricing for Private Region Management Services If you own one or more private regions in Second Life, there are several special services you may occasionally need, such as region moves and region name changes. The fees for these services depend on the number of private regions you own; please refer to the following chart to determine the cost of each service: To request one of these services, please submit a case through the support portal on the Second Life website. Additional information on how to move and rename private regions can be found in the next sections. Renaming a Private Region To initiate the renaming process, submit a support case stating that you would like to change your region's name and that you accept the fee. The new name must comply with the Guidelines for Private Region Naming. Private region names are granted at the sole discretion of Linden Lab. Moving a Private Region Private region owners can request to move a region to another location on the World Map, subject to availability. Certain areas of the World Map are reserved for special purposes, including the mainland and themed expansions provided by Linden Lab. If you would like to move your region adjacent to another Resident's region, they must allow you as a neighbor in our system prior to your request for the region move. Note that your private region cannot be rotated, so what is currently North will always be North. The fee for moving a region is charged for each private region, for any movement. Note: Moving your private region causes links made from the Picks tab of the Profile window to become inaccurate. Landmarks continue to function after a move, but home locations may need to be reset. The World Map may take several hours to update with the new Private Region location. Land impact change It is possible for you to increase the amount of land impact that your Private Region can support. Increasing land impact Private Region owners have the option to upgrade full Private Regions from 20,000 to 30,000 prims. This option is only available for full Private Regions. Mainland regions, in addition to private Homestead and Openspace regions, are not eligible to upgrade land impact. Pricing for land impact changes The cost to upgrade a full Region to 30,000 prims is $30 USD per region at the time the upgrade is performed, plus an additional monthly maintenance fee of $30 USD per region. If a region's land impact is upgraded, you must maintain the ugraded status for at least one calendar month. Full Region Type Current (20,000 prims) Increased Prims (30,000 prims) +$30 fee Grandfathered/Bought Down $179 $209 Retail $229 $259 Skill Gaming $345 $375 EDU/Non-Profit $124.50 $154.50 If you choose to downgrade a Private Region back to 20,000 prims, a charge of $30 USD per region applies at the time of the downgrade. No pro-rating or discounts are permitted for any of the costs listed above. Requesting land impact changes To request an upgrade or downgrade of land impact, please submit a case through the portal on the Second Life website under the case type Land & Region > Land Impact Change Request. Backing up and restoring Private Region terrain If you own a Private Region, you can back up your region's terraformed terrain to a texture file on your computer and use that file to restore your region's terrain to its saved shape. This is a great safety net in case you experience a terraforming accident, and it is also useful if you want to apply the same terrain to multiple regions you own. To access the terrain backup and restore controls, choose World > Region/Estate in the Second Life Viewer®, and click the Terrain tab. Then: To backup your terrain Click Download RAW terrain. A file browser dialog appears. Choose a location to save to and give your terrain file a specific name so it's easier to find. Click Save. Next, you see: "Terrain file written, starting download." The download process may take several minutes. Do not leave the region, and don't make any other terraforming changes until the download completes! When the download completes, you see: "Finished download of raw terrain file to:" and the directory it was saved to. Click Close. To restore your terrain Click Upload RAW terrain. Select a .raw terrain file on your hard drive that you or someone else saved earlier. Click Open (or Choose on Mac). You see: "Upload started." It may take up to two minutes, depending on your connection speed. When the upload is complete, you see: "Terrain upload done." The terrain changes to the contents of the .raw file. If you would rather not terraform the region yourself, you can purchase terrains on Marketplace. You can upload these as described above to get great results fast. Allowing neighbors If you own an estate in the Second Life® world, you can allow others to buy land in spaces that are directly next to the land you own. You can specify Residents in the Allowed Neighbors list for each region in your estates. For example: Joe Resident and Helen Resident are friends who own their own estates and want to be able to buy land in the Land Portal next to each other. Joe's estate, Joegalaxy, contains a Private Region called Joetopolis. In the Land Portal's Estate Management tab, Joe can specify that Helen is an allowed neighbor for Joetopolis. Helen can now use the Land Portal to buy Private Regions that are next to Joetopolis, including spaces that only share a corner with Joetopolis. To specify a Resident you want to be able to buy land next to yours: Log into the Land Portal. Click Land Manager > My Regions. Select the estate for which you want to specify allowed neighbors. In the Allowed Neighbors column, click the edit link for a specific region. Type the name of the Resident you want to allow as a neighbor into the text field and click add. Click close. The Resident you specified can now buy land next to that region. To remove a Resident from the Allowed Neighbors list for a Region: Log into the Land Portal. Click Land Manager > My Regions. Select the estate for which you want to specify allowed neighbors. In the Allowed Neighbors column, click the edit link for a specific region. Click the X next to the name of the Resident you want to remove. Click close. The Resident you specified can no longer buy land next to that region Be aware that adding and removing other Residents to your Allowed Neighbors list can result in some interesting circumstances. Consider the following example: Joe Resident adds Helen Resident to the Allowed Neighbors list for his Private Region Joetopolis. Helen Resident buys a Private Region next to Joetopolis and names it Helen City. Now, suppose... Joe wants to buy a Private Region next to Joetopolis that also shares a corner or side with Helen City. Joe can't actually do this unless Helen adds Joe to the Allowed Neighbors list for Helen City. Joe removes Helen from the Allowed Neighbors list for Joetopolis. Now neither Joe nor Helen can buy a Private Region that shares a corner or side with Joetopolis or Helen City. Joe removes Helen from the Allowed Neighbors list for Joetopolis, and Helen adds Joe to the Allowed Neighbors list for Helen City. Now only Joe can buy a Private Region that shares a corner or side with Helen City. Land sales in Private Regions The mechanics of buying and selling land in a Private Region is very similar to the process used on the mainland, however there are a few key differences to keep in mind. Similarities As the seller, the Private Region owner can split parcels of the region and set them for sale. The mechanical act of buying the land remains unchanged. Differences Parcels in Private Regions are governed by covenants. If you buy land in a Private Region, it does not count against your land use tier,but the owner of the Private Region may charge you a similar fee for continuing use of the land. The Private Region owner may evict you from your parcel in a Private Region at any time. Private Region owners have absolute power over their estates and are within their rights to reclaim land as they see fit. Make sure to read your region's covenant closely for terms of use before you buy your parcel. Private Region owners control access to their land (using the Region/Estate window), for example by restricting access to Residents based on payment status or by setting region maturity to General, Moderate, or Adult. Tip: If a region owner changes the maturity setting for their region, it may have an effect on who can access your parcel and view search listings made from it. Read the region covenant and communicate with the region owner (or estate manager where applicable) to avoid any disruptions to your parcel settings or access. Reclaiming land parcels from tenants If one of your tenants has violated the terms of your covenant and you wish to evict him and reclaim his land in your Private Region, you can choose the Reclaim Land... button from the ABOUT LAND window: Reclaiming land switches ownership of the parcel, but not the objects on it, back to the estate owner. Private Region auto-saves and restores (rollbacks) Note: We don't perform rollbacks on mainland regions. All regions, including your estate, are automatically backed up at regular intervals throughout the day; we hold several days' worth of these backup states. This saves everything about your estate: the terrain, the land parcels, the builds, the textures and settings. The only things not saved are avatars themselves. This means that under certain circumstances, your region can be rolled back to a previous state. In the event of an emergency, you can request a rollback via the Concierge service. Performing a rollback can have serious consequences and should therefore not be thought of as an "Undo" feature on your estate; rather, it's a safety mechanism to be used only when something goes very badly wrong. Rollbacks are performed at our discretion. Requesting a rollback Rollbacks must be requested via support ticket and can only be requested by the estate owner or estate manager. Generally, regions can be rolled back a maximum of 72 hours before the original event; please be aware that we cannot roll back indefinitely. The longer you wait before requesting the rollback, the greater the chance that we will be unable to help you, so do make the request as soon as the problem occurs. Please explain: What has happened. Why you need the rollback. Which region it is. Precisely how far back in time you need to go to repair the situation. Tip: It helps if you provide the time in 24 hour format. Please use Pacific time, not your local time. If you have a basic account and are an estate manager, you can submit a ticket through the Support Portal. Log in and choose Land & Region from the What type of problem are you having? dropdown menu. Specify Request a rollback in the second dropdown and fill out the form below. We are not responsible for problems caused by estate managers requesting rollbacks against the estate owners' wishes. Rollback requests are processed in the order they are received, with emergency requests taking precedent. Please note that rollbacks that are not time sensitive may take up to 2 business days to process. Consequences The backups taken are exact copies of the state of the region at the exact moment it was saved. We cannot roll back inventory or avatars. When we perform a rollback, we set the estate back to the exact state it was in when the backup was made. All changes — everything that has happened between the moment the save happened and now — are lost, undone or reset. It is very important to understand what this means before you request a rollback. Some examples of unexpected consequences of a rollback include: People who are banned become unbanned for all parcels and the estate itself. People granted access suddenly find they are banned. Any land parcel changes are undone. Land sold or abandoned to tier down reverts to the prior owner, potentially pushing that person back over the new tier. Residents lose any land purchased after the backup, along with any content on that land. Recently edited parcel layouts revert to their prior form. Objects placed (rezzed) inworld after the backup are lost. No-copy objects are lost for good. Conversely, no-copy objects rezzed at the time of the backup but subsequently taken back into your Inventory reappear where they were. Warning: Deliberate use of rollbacks to obtain additional copies of no-copy content can be considered abuse and is dealt with accordingly. Any changes to builds themselves are undone: textures are reverted and prims reset to the state they were in at the moment the backup was taken. This may mean that recent tenants lose their prefab or their furniture and that new sale items disappear. Any terraforming that has been done is undone and any recent changes to land textures are lost. Script changes to objects performed after the backup point are lost. Scripted vendors that updated with new content after the backup have those changes removed. As you can see, rollbacks have significant repercussions and should only be requested when absolutely necessary. Grandfathered pricing Some older regions have "grandfathered" or discounted pricing on their monthly maintenance fees. In February 2010, it was announced that these grandfathered maintenance fees would no longer be offered and that changing ownership or converting a grandfathered region would change its maintenance fee to the current monthly rate for its region type. As of November, 2015, you may now transfer grandfathered-priced Regions in accordance with the transfer pricing schedule. We are unable to swap the price of a current grandfathered region with a non-grandfathered region. Grandfathered pricing stays with the region for the life of the region or until it is transferred or converted. If a grandfathered region is abandoned and subsequently reactivated, its maintenance fee is updated to the current monthly rate for its region type. Region environment settings Region environment settings provide region managers the ability to customize the environment settings for their region. For example, a gothic castle might have a dark and gloomy environment, or a tropical island might be always bright and sunny. Residents who enter the region automatically see those settings unless they have chosen personal overrides. You may also see this feature referred to by its old name, Windlight Environment Settings. Environment settings control how you see the water and the sky (including the air around you) in Second Life. When you enter a region, by default you see the environment settings that have been configured for that region. If no region-specific settings have been configured, you see the default Second Life environment. The environment controls provide some sample pre-defined settings, but you can create your own settings and either use them as personal settings or apply them to any region for which you are an estate manager. For more information on setting a region's environment, visit the Environment editor page of our KnowledgeBase. Region boundaries The environment you see depends on the region you are in at the time. If adjacent regions have different environment settings, any parts of the adjacent region you can see still appear with the environment settings of the region you are looking from. When you cross a boundary into a region with different settings, the environment transitions smoothly over a few seconds to the new local settings. Teleports When you teleport into a region, there may be a brief period during which you see your previous environment or the default environment before the local environment settings are established. Setting region maturity Maturity ratings designate the type of content and behavior allowed in a region and affect search results. There are three maturity ratings in Second Life: General, Moderate, and Adult. To access Adult search results and regions, you must be at least 18 years old. For more information on how to access adult content, see Accessing Adult land and content. Note: Regardless of maturity rating, all content in Second Life must abide by our content guidelines. For the official content guidelines, including examples of prohibited content, please see Content Guidelines. To set your region's maturity rating: Open the World > Region/Estate > Region tab From the Rating dropdown menu, select General, Moderate, or Adult Click Apply For more information about maturity ratings in Second Life, see Maturity ratings.
  10. 1 point
    One of the challenges created by name changes is that anyone with an external database that uses name lookups must adjust by replacing or reindexing to use agent IDs. The Name to Agent ID API is a publicly available REST endpoint to which a user submits a username/last name combination (Residents with a single username have the last name "Resident" by default), and is returned the agent_id associated with that name if it exists. Documentation for usage of this tool can be found through the APIs and Web Services Portal, or directly: Name to agent ID API documentation
  11. 1 point
    Questions about searching How do I use the search window? What is the difference between the Everything tab and the other tabs? Why doesn't the Everything tab show what I searched for? Is search functionality available on the web? What about search in Viewer 1.23? Why don't I see the item I'm looking for? Why am I getting an error that some search terms have been removed from my query? Why isn't my last search showing? What's included in the Everything tab of the Search window? How can I search classified ads only? How do I sort search results alphabetically? Can I use Boolean operators or other advanced search techniques? Can I filter search results by maturity rating? Do searches match partial words? Privacy concerns Land parcels Groups Profiles Objects What happens when I transfer an object set to show in search? Events Questions about creating search listings Why is my listing lower than it should be? Why isn't my listing shown? Why isn't my event or Destination Guide listing on the home page? Why are search results so different with newer Viewer versions? What do I do if I can’t find my parcel or region when I search for it? Why can’t I find Events in "Everything"? Why do you hate me, my store, my parcel, my friend? Are objects on "private land" that are set for sale included in search? Do objects with the default name "Object" affect results? What about things inside a vendor? Are people able to use a search result teleport link to access a private parcel? When are search results updated? How do I list my land as a rental? Create a classified ad Set land category Set parcel description Questions about searching How do I use the search window? The Second Life search window has four top-level sections: Events - Displays events that are currently in progress. You may teleport directly to the events or click through for more information. Destination Guide - The guide lists inworld locations hand-picked by Linden Lab and sorted into a wide variety of categories. See What is the Second Life Destination Guide? for more information. Land & Rentals - Lists prominent real estate offerings. Classifieds - Shows top classified ads. This section is always visible at the bottom of the search window home screen, no matter what other tab you have selected. See Classifieds FAQ for more information on classified ads. Once you enter a search term and press Enter or Search, you may filter your search results using the tabs on the left side of the window: Everything Classifieds Events Destination Guide Groups Land & Rentals People Places Check a Maturity rating to filter results to GENERAL, MODERATE, or ADULT content. What is the difference between the Everything tab and the other tabs? The Everything tab combines results from multiple collections to bring you relevant results from a variety of sources. The other tabs restrict your query to that single collection only. Why doesn't the Everything tab show what I searched for? Everything search finds items listed in People, Places, and Groups, depending on relevance. When searching for people in Everything, you must enter their full names. If you do not know the full name, use thePeople category. Note: A Resident's full info appears in search results only if he or she has checked Show me in Search results in Me > Preferences > Privacy. Is search functionality available on the web? Search results are available to the public; anyone with a Web browser can view results athttp://search.secondlife.com/. External search engines such as Yahoo, Bing, and Google may also pick up the search results, although we're not explicitly asking search engines to crawl them at this time. It's important to remember that this information is not tied to your real life identity and is the same information anyone can access with a free Second Life account. What about search in Viewer 1.23? Viewer 1.23's search feature still mostly works, but All and Group searches no longer work in Viewer 1.23. Why don't I see the item I'm looking for? Results on the Everything tab are ranked differently than on the other tabs, so the results are shown in a different order. It may be that the item you are looking for is ranked either higher or lower than on other tabs. Why am I getting an error that some search terms have been removed from my query? There are content restrictions that affect search results in all of Search. Certain words are not allowed in search, or are only allowed if you are an adult at least 18 years old and have set your preferences to see adult content. Why isn't my last search showing? Your last search is shown if you reopen the search window within 15 minutes of running your query. Otherwise the search home page is shown. What's included in the Everything tab of the Search window? Places People Groups Note: Classifieds are shown in a separate column in search results on the right. How can I search classified ads only? To search only classified ads, choose Classifieds from the dropdown menu next to the search field. Search results are listed in descending order of the price the Resident paid for the ad. How do I sort search results alphabetically? On most tabs, you can filter search results by choosing a sorting method from the Sort by dropdown menu. You may not sort Land & Rentals or Everything in this way. Can I use Boolean operators or other advanced search techniques? No, you cannot use Boolean operators when searching Second Life. Can I filter search results by maturity rating? To filter search results by maturity rating, check the boxes for General, Moderate, and Adult in the Search window; for more information, see Maturity Ratings and search. To view Adult search results, you must be at least 18 years old. Do searches match partial words? No. However, you can use an asterisk * as a wildcard character for searches on the People tab. For example, a search for Jer* Lin* returns "Jeremy Linden" and any other matching results. Privacy concerns You can specify what's included in search. For the initial population of the search, we made some assumptions for the default settings of each type of result (explained below). You can change the default after it has been set, although it may take one to two days before changes are reflected in the search results. Due to the nature of search indexing, we cannot make any guarantees about when changes will appear. Be aware that search results are available to the public; anyone with a web browser can view them from the proper search page. External search engines like Yahoo and Google may also pick up search results, but we are not explicitly asking search engines to crawl them at this time. It is important to remember that Linden Lab does not tie this information to your real life identity. However, if you provide real life information in any of the content types indexed by All search, it could be viewed by people via the Web as well as by anyone with a free Second Life account. Land parcels Warning: There is a L$30 per week fee to show your parcel in search. Parcels must be at least 128 square meters in order to appear in the All Results or Places search. Do not spend L$30 to list parcels smaller than 128 square meters, since they won't be listed! By default, land parcels do not appear in search results. To make a parcel appear in search results: Right click on the parcel and select About Land or choose World > Place Profile >About Land. Select the Options tab. Check Show Place in Search. Select a Category from the drop-down list. Groups If you are an officer or owner of a group, you can make the group visible in search results. Under My Groups / General, select the Show in search check box. Groups with fewer than two active members (that is, members who have logged into Second Life in the past 6 months) do not appear in search results. Profiles All Resident profiles are included in search by default. You can limit the amount of information others can search in your profile by unchecking the Show me in Search results check box in the PREFERENCES window, under the Privacy tab. When you do this, search results show only: Your avatar's name Your avatar's portrait You profile's maturity level, based on the maturity level of its content Objects The Show in Search option for an object is unchecked by default. To make an object visible in search: Right click on the object and select Edit. Click the General tab. Check Show in Search. What happens when I transfer an object set to show in search? Objects for sale and set to show in Search default back to the Show in search option unchecked for the purchaser of the object. Objects set to show in Search that are transferred to another Resident keep the Show in search option checked. The new object owner can uncheck this option. Note: For an object to be visible in Search, it must be on a parcel of land that has Show Place in Search checked. Events All events are automatically included in search in the Events tab. You can search on any information within the event details. Events also appear in search results on the Everything tab but have a reduced ranking; for the best results, use the Events tab. For more information on events, see Inworld events. Questions about creating search listings Why is my listing lower than it should be? The new search engine determines relevance of items differently than the old system. In comparison tests, Residents indicate that the new search engine results are more relevant three out of four times. If your listing is lower than you expect, make sure that your description is human-readable: avoid keyword stuffing. Refer to the Guidelines for creating search listings for more tips on how to affect your search ranking. Why isn't my listing shown? There are several reasons your listing may not be showing up: It may take up to six hours for new items to show in search. The "Everything" tab is a much stricter search than the other tabs; otherwise there would be too many results. When looking for Residents or places on the "Everything" tab, try searching for the full name. If your listing isn't shown in the expected category, verify that the Show in Search check box has been checked. Parcels for sale or rent show only if they are at least 512m2 in size. Why isn't my event or Destination Guide listing on the home page? The Events and Destination Guide listings on the home page only appear if they are currently active. Why are search results so different with newer Viewer versions? Viewer 1.x search looks only for the exact words you typed into the search field and returns results that contain all of those exact words. Searches using the current Second Life Viewer attempt to find matches using possible suffixes (-ing, -ed, -s) and other factors to determine the relevance of results before returning them to you in order of relevance. What do I do if I can’t find my parcel or region when I search for it? Please be aware that if you've created a new parcel or recently purchased one, it can take 2 days for it to appear in Search. Also, if you have split your parcel and it is less than 128 m2, it will not show in results. If you've changed the title or description of your parcel, you may need to wait up to two days for the change to be reflected in search rankings. Why can’t I find Events in "Everything"? Events receive a lower search ranking when shown in the Everything tab. Why do you hate me, my store, my parcel, my friend? We are not, in any way, punishing individual stores, listings, or residents in Search, and we have no plans to do so. The search system treats classes of content in the same way. For example, the maturity ratings system flags some content, but it flags all listings using the same criteria. Are objects on "private land" that are set for sale included in search? If your parcel is set not to show in Search, your objects will not be listed, even if they are set to show in Search. If your parcel is set to show in Search, your for-sale objects are listed on your parcel page and do affect your search ranking. Do objects with the default name "Object" affect results? The search system ignores all objects with the default name of "Object." What about things inside a vendor? Vendor kiosks must be explicitly set to Show in Search, the same as any other object to be included in search. From the server's perspective, a vendor is just a scripted object — it doesn't really know that the object is selling something. Likewise, it is not possible to search inside the vendor, although you could use the name and/or description of the vendor object to list keywords describing what's inside it. Are people able to use a search result teleport link to access a private parcel? Only if the private parcel owner has given them access. If the owner has enabled Show Place in Search, the parcel search results page shows links to the parcel and to the objects on the parcel. The object links allow people to find things on any parcel more easily, but the links do not circumvent privacy settings. When are search results updated? The pages on world.secondlife.com update within two hours of changes. Results shown in the Viewer update in less than 8 hours. How do I list my land as a rental? You have three options to list a land rental that appears in search: Classified ad Set land category in About Land window Set the parcel description In addition, if you are an estate owner listing a rental on a private estate, you need to set the parcel for sale. We recommend that you set the price as the weekly rental price and disclose any other setup fees or deposits in the description. Warning: Do not set your parcel for sale if you are on the mainland and you want it to be shown as a rental. Any mainland parcel that is set for sale will show up in the Sale section and can be purchased by another Resident. Create a classified ad Create a classified ad on the parcel in the Land Rental category. Either click "Create a Classified" in the search page or: Choose My Profile > MY PICKS. Click the "+" near the bottom of the panel. Choose New Classified. Then: For Category, select Land Rental. Fill in other information. Click Publish. Set land category In the SL Viewer: Choose World > Place Profile > About Land. Click the OPTIONS tab. Set the Category dropdown to Rental. Be sure Show Place in Search is also checked. Set parcel description Choose World > Place Profile > About Land. Click the GENERAL tab. Use any one of the following phrases (case insensitive) in the parcel's Name or Description: Parcel for Rent Mainland Rental Estate Rental Homestead Rental Land Rental Private Estate Rental
  12. 1 point
    General information Information for landholders and other stakeholders How venues and content are selected Newcomer friendly Editor's picks and popular places Adult-rated areas Submission guidelines Image specifications Inworld photography resources Contact the Linden Lab editors General information The Second Life Destination Guide highlights some of the best inworld locations and Resident creations. For new and existing Residents alike, it is the place to go to explore and discover what's most exciting in Second Life. Linden Lab keeps the Destination Guide fresh with regular updates, so check back frequently! Venues and content featured in the Destination Guide are not paid placements. The best way to promote a venue, event or business is through inworld Search or the classifieds. The Destination Guide is available several different ways: Directly on the Web at http://secondlife.com/destinations. In the Second Life Viewer: Click in the toolbar (by default, this button is in the bottom toolbar). The DESTINATIONS window appears, displaying the categories of destinations; click through and then click on a destination to teleport there. Click to open the Second Life Search window. Then click the Destination Guide tab and search or peruse the incredible variety of locations and events! Information for landholders and other stakeholders Currently, the best way for a Resident to promote a venue, event or business is through inworld search or the classifieds. We encourage all venue owners to review the guidelines at the Search FAQ for information on how to maximize your presence using inworld Search. Venues and content featured in the Destination Guide are not paid placements. However, we welcome Resident suggestions for cool spots to feature. Some entries included in the Guide are also surfaced on the website for Residents exploring SecondLife.com for the first time. You can submit a venue for consideration on the Destination Guide Suggestion Page. Be sure to follow the submission guidelines below. Note: By nominating a venue, you authorize Linden Lab to use its content. Journalists, publishers, filmmakers, and others interested in Second Life often contact Linden Lab for images of Second Life. Linden Lab may direct these parties to the Destination Guide for promotional shots. How venues and content are selected Selections for inclusion are at the sole discretion of Linden Lab. Criteria favoring selection: The venue is a high-quality implementation of the Second Life experience. The venue appeals broadly to the Second Life community, including new Residents. The venue is exceptional or unique. The venue is being promoted outside Second Life and is participating in the inSL logo program, if appropriate. The venue has a real and active community. The submission includes a compelling and visually interesting screenshot. The submitted description text accurately describes the location. Criteria weighing against selection: The venue or one like it has been included before. The venue has been warned for failure to comply with some aspect of the Terms of Service. The venue and/or submitted screenshot appears to contain unlicensed, copyrighted and/or trademarked content that may not be authorized by the rights holder. The venue is currently violating the Terms of Service through use of bots, campers, illegal gambling, or mainland Adult content. The submitted screenshot contains promotion text over the main image. The submitted description text includes lists of keywords and/or incoherent or inaccurate text. Newcomer friendly If you wish to be eligible for inclusion in the Newcomer Friendly Spots category of the Destination Guide, please consider whether your venue meets some of the following suggested guidelines: Is the landing point (and any immediate surrounding areas) optimized for new residents? For example, is it set correctly so arriving visitors land at the right spot? Also, do navigation tools like teleporters route people to the right place? If some of your key attractions are not in the immediate vicinity of the landing point, be sure to include clear signage or arrows that point visitors in the right direction. We recommend including calls-to-action for nearby activities and games so that newcomers can easily find fun things to do. Avoid use of "insider" language or instructions that may be confusing to someone accessing Second Life as a new Resident. Is the venue arrival experience free of unsolicited group invites, excessive notecards and other inventory offers? These notifications are confusing to many new Residents, who are unfamiliar with how groups and inventory work in Second Life. Consider how your venue design and its surroundings will be experienced by someone who is unfamiliar with Second Life. For example, do seats use one-click sit actions? Do other interactive objects, like vehicles, work? (We recommend that you test them using an alt account to make sure non-owners can use them, too.) Are there clear pointers to get further help with Second Life? For example, a scripted sign that links to Second Life Answers community help. Does the venue have an active and welcoming community within close proximity of the landing point? Editors' picks and popular places You can nominate venues for inclusion in the Editors' Picks or Popular Places categories on the Destination Guide Suggestion Page. Editors' Picks features venues that highlight some of the best architecture, activities, communities and/or creative efforts in Second Life. The features are refreshed periodically. Popular Places features venues frequently populated with real people, communities and conversations. This list is periodically refreshed but does not reflect real-time traffic and activity, nor does it aim to reflect the most popular places in Second Life. Every effort is made to include venues that adhere to Linden Lab’s policies on traffic bots and camping. Adult-rated areas Second Life’s Destination Guide aims to include a wide variety of communities and venues, including those in regions with Adult ratings. However, as a globally available service, Second Life is subject to many regional restrictions that prohibit advertising or promotion for some types of content and services, such as escorts and explicit content, including nudity. Because content listed in the Destination Guide can be seen by users of all ages and in all territories, no descriptions — regardless of rating — should contain explicit or overtly sexual language or imagery. Linden Lab’s guidelines for inclusion of adult-rated content in the Destination Guide aim to be consistent with the search-industry standards for advertising and search-engine promotion, as seen in these published guidelines by Google, Microsoft and Yahoo: Google AdWords Adult Content Guidelines Bing Ads/Microsoft Adult Content Guidelines Verizon Media Adult Content Guidelines As with all Destination Guide submissions, each entry is subject to review and editing by Linden Lab editorial staff. For more information on Second Life and Maturity Ratings, see Second Life Maturity Ratings page in the Knowledge Base and the Adult_Content_FAQ in the wiki. Submission guidelines You may suggest a destination using the form if: You personally own the parcel. You belong to the group that owns the parcel. You are on the access list of the Private Region that contains the parcel. The parcel belongs to Governor Linden and is set in ABOUT LAND > OPTIONS tab as a Hangout. The parcel belongs to a friend and is set in ABOUT LAND > OPTIONS tab as a Hangout. The parcel is 512m2 or larger. Suggested venues must comply with all of the following: Community Standards Trademark Guidelines Terms of Service DMCA policy Snapshot and machinima Policy Warning: Do not suggest content that is copyrighted or otherwise subject to another party's proprietary rights (including privacy, publicity, trademark, and trade secret rights) unless you own the rights or have the owner's permission. Content determined to infringe upon intellectual property rights is removed from our website and services. Residents are limited to two suggestions per month. You can also email the Destination Guide editors your suggestions. Please include a link to your image that meets the submission criteria below: Image specifications The quality and aesthetic composition of your image helps persuade Residents to visit your suggested inworld location, so submit a well-composed screenshot that captures the creativity, community and/or aesthetic beauty of your venue. Do not layer or embed any text or logos within the photo itself. You have an opportunity to add descriptive text separately in the Description field of the entry form. Focus on specific attractions you want visitors to see first. Specifically, if you're submitting an image for a store, generally emphasize your products rather than the store building. For example, if you make clothes, snapshot your avatar in a flattering pose wearing one of your dresses. Or if you have an attractive and creative vendor display, use that. If you've been selling in Second Life for awhile, you likely already have product photos as part of your branding that you can repurpose to save you time. However, an exception applies if your store is an attraction itself, like it's in a beautiful forest worth exploring. The Destination Guide submission form asks you to include a link to a web-hosted screenshot of your venue. Your image can be hosted on any photo-sharing or web-hosting site, such as Flickr or Photobucket. Use JPG format with the dimensions of 657 width by 394 height, in pixels. For example (see on Flickr? Be sure to include the full URL (ending in .jpg) to the web-hosted screenshot for your listing. Please note that the Destination Guide user suggestion form may reject images that do not meet this exact criteria. If you use Flickr to host your image, make sure to include the proper image URL (ending in .jpg) in the form. In some cases, Linden Lab editors may re-shoot images to improve visual clarity or composition, but we strongly prefer you submit quality images to begin with. Note: If you receive a form error when you try to submit your suggested destination, please email the Linden Lab editors. Include the submission suggestion and the info requested in the form (title, description, SLurl link) along with the image as an attachment. Inworld photography resources If you're unfamiliar with taking inworld photos, check out the following resources that offer tips and best practices: Guide to High-Quality Photography by Torley Linden. Taking high-res snapshots by Strawberry Singh. The Checklist is comprehensive photo shoot preparation, by Cajsa Lilliehook. Second Life Flickr Group includes many pictures from other Residents. And of course, look at existing Destination Guide submissions to see what your fellow Residents and the Linden Lab editors have done. Text specifications The submission form asks you for descriptive text of up to 400 typed characters. Destination Guide uses third-person voice, so avoid use of first-person language (such as I, we, our and my). Also, please refrain from using overly-hyped or promotion-heavy language; Destination Guide entries should be informative rather than overtly promotional in nature. Lists of keywords are not acceptable as descriptive text. Linden Lab reserves the right to edit material for length and clarity. Contact the Linden Lab editors For questions or update requests to existing entries, or to report an error — like a wrong SLurl or place that's gone — contact the Linden Lab editors via email. Please note that we are not able to respond to every inquiry, however we welcome all comments, feedback and suggestions.
  13. 1 point
    Finding land on which to rez objects Find the box in your inventory Open and unpack the box Wear or rez your purchased items Why does it tell me "Can't rez object..."? Unpacking a box on your avatar In other languages: Deutsch Español Français Italiano 日本語 Português Русский Did you buy something from the SL Marketplace or inworld and wonder why you received a box? As in, "I bought a necklace but all I got was a picture of a necklace on a box?" Don't worry! Second Life items are sometimes sold in simple containers that require you to "open" them to get the contents. For example, if you purchase clothing that comes in a box, you must extract the clothing objects from the box container, then transfer them to your inventory so you can wear them. Don't wear the box. Remember, you have to open the box and use its contents. If you accidentally wear the box and it's attached to your avatar, simply right-click the box and choose Detach. Finding land on which to rez objects To open and unpack the box your purchase was delivered in, you need to be on land where you have permission to rez the box. If you're unsure if you have permission to do this where you are, just visit a sandbox where everyone has permission to rez objects. Click on a sandbox from this list, such as Sandbox Island. On the SLurl page that appears, click Teleport Now. A Place Information window appears in your Second Life Viewer. Click Teleport to travel to the sandbox you've chosen. Many stores also have a specially-sectioned "rez zone" inside, where autoreturn time is often set to a few minutes prevent litter from accumulating while giving you enough time to unpack. Find the box in your inventory Recently received items appear in the expandable Received items pane in the INVENTORY window. To access them, open your inventory and click the Received items bar to expand the pane and view your recently received items. You may click and drag these items into your main inventory or rez them by dragging them to the ground. Open and unpack the box Remember, you must be on land where you have permission to make your box appear by rezzing it. Once you have a place to rez your box, watch this video tutorial to see the steps below in motion: Drag the box from your inventory to the ground to rez it. Right-click the box and choose Open. A window opens. If the box has many contents, it can take a moment. Click Copy To Inventory to transfer the box's contents to your inventory. If the box contains an outfit you'd like to wear immediately, select Copy and Wear instead. Once the items are copied, they appear in your inventory as a folder with the box's name. If you don't see it, click the Recent tab. When you have finished unpacking your box, please remember to either Delete it or Take it back to your inventory to avoid cluttering up the area with boxes. Wear or rez your purchased items Your items are now in your inventory. Locate them and drag them inworld to rez them, or right-click and select Wear if they are clothing or other avatar attachments or components. Why does it tell me "Can't rez object..."? If you try to drag an object from your inventory to inworld and see this error: — it means building and dropping objects isn't allowed on the present parcel. How can you tell? Right-click the navigation bar and choose About Land. Hover over the cube with a universal "no" slashed circle to see "Building/dropping objects not allowed." Alternatively: Choose World menu > Place Profile > Place Profile. In the PLACES window, expand the Parcel section (if it isn't already open). This video shows the steps above: In some cases, if you're a member of the group that owns the land, activating your group title permits you to build despite the no-build icon which applies to the general public. Unpacking a box on your avatar Important: Only do this if you're comfortable dragging and dropping inventory items, or you may accidentally misplace important items. You can unpack a box if it's attached to your avatar. This may be useful if you're having a hard time getting to rezzable land, since you can always attach an object. However, this lacks the convenience of the Copy to Inventory and Copy and Wear buttons. In your inventory, right-click the box object and choose Attach To HUD or Attach To, then select an attachment point. Attach To HUD may be preferable because the box is attached to a point on your screen instead of your avatar and so is less likely to mess up your appearance. Alternatively, you can simply choose Wear, which attaches the box to its attachment point — if none has been specified by the creator, which is typically the case, it gets attached to your Right Hand. Right-click the attached box and choose Edit. In the build tools, click the Content tab. Drag each item from the object's contents to a folder in your inventory. You can also hold Shift or Ctrl to select multiple items. This doesn't work with "no copy" items in contents. Close the build tools.
  14. 1 point
    Where to test How to test Known bugs and limitations How to report issues Project Muscadine is a set of new features and bug fixes related to animesh customization. Currently the project has implemented LSL scripting commands that allow customization of animesh objects, similar to the kinds of customizations you can do with your avatar using sliders. In its current state the project will be of interest primarily to content creators who want to experiment with upcoming features for animesh. Behavior will likely change as we add more features and fix bugs. The behavior of any current features may change in future builds. Where to test To take advantage of the new commands, you will need to be in a region that supports them, and will need to be using a supported viewer. Currently some regions of the Aditi test grid have the necessary support, including Animesh1, Animesh2, Animesh3, and Animesh Adult. These regions also have a gift box where you can get test objects that demonstrate various animesh capabilities. Objects rezzed in these areas will be returned after 1 day. The latest muscadine viewer can be found on the alternate viewers page. How to test If you want to see animesh visual params in action, visit one of the animesh test regions listed above, and click on the gift box in the center of the region. This will give you various items, including one with a name starting “Aditya Visual Params Demo”. Rez one of these and right click->touch it. You will see a dialog with various options. “Tall”, “Short” and “Medium” can be used to set the dimensions of the test object. The test object is using new LSL commands to modify its visual param (slider) values. The new scripting commands are llGetAnimatedObjectVisualParams() and llSetAnimatedObjectVisualParams(). These commands can be run in any script contained in an animesh object. llSetAnimatedObjectVisualParams() takes a list of alternating params and values, and has no return value. Parameters are specified by integer id. There are corresponding LSL constants for the parameters that are known to be useful. For any slider listed in the Bento skeleton guide, there is a corresponding constant VP_<name>. For example, slider Hand Size (id 675) corresponds to the LSL constant VP_HAND_SIZE, and slider Height (id 33) corresponds to the constant VP_HEIGHT. Values are floats in the range [0..1]. So you could set the height and hand size of an animesh object to their maximum values using: llSetAnimatedObjectVisualParams([VP_HEIGHT, 1.0, VP_HAND_SIZE, 1.0]); or llSetAnimatedObjectVisualParams([33, 1.0, 675, 1.0]); llGetAnimatedObjectVisualParams() works similarly for querying visual params. It takes a list of visual param IDs (specified as numbers or VP_ constants), and returns a list of values. If you query a visual param that is valid but has never been set, you will get the value -1. For example, after running one of the above commands for llSetAnimatedObjectVisualParams(), you could say: list values = llGetAnimatedObjectVisualParams([VP_HEIGHT, VP_HAND_SIZE, VP_BIG_EARS]); integer i = 0; integer end = llGetListLength(values); llOwnerSay("Got " + (string)end + " values"); for (; i<end; ++i) { llOwnerSay(llList2String(values,i)); } This would fetch and display the values [1.0, 1.0, -1.0]. Speed limit: currently you can only change params for an animesh object every few seconds. If you exceed this rate, you will get an LSL error. This limit is intended to prevent very expensive uses of the feature, such as for real time animation. The exact limit may change in the future. Known bugs and limitations There is currently no constant defined for VP_HOVER. You can use the numeric value 11001. Note that this sets the Hover parameter normally associated with the avatar shape, which is not the same thing as the Hover Height avatar property. Hover Height is not currently supported for animesh objects. Editing the vertical position of an animesh object does not persist correctly. The object tends to return to ground level over a few seconds. This will be fixed in a future build. How to report issues Note that because this is a project viewer, it may not be as stable as a normal release viewer. It is based on the EEP (environment enhancements project) viewer codebase, so it may have any graphics issues that are present in the EEP viewer. Please report any issues you find by filing a JIRA with [Muscadine] in the title.
  15. 1 point
    他の言語 Tiliaとは? Tiliaでの資金の処理(引き出し) 本人確認のための質問 Tiliaに個人情報を提供しなければならない理由とは?また提供した個人情報の利用目的とは? 認められる身分証明書の種類とは? すでに写真付き身分証明書を提出しています。再び提出しなければならない理由とは? 利用している銀行、クレジットカード会社、PayPalのいずれかによってすでに本人確認が行われています。Tiliaで再び本人確認をしなければならない理由とは? 社会保障番号を持っていません。手続きを進めるにはどうしたらよいでしょうか? 社会保障番号の提供を希望しない場合どうなりますか? 登録時に本人確認のための情報を求められない理由とは? 身分証明書はいつ求められますか? 資金の処理請求を行う前に、確認用に身分証明書を自主的に提出することはできますか? この手続きの所要日数とは? 従わない場合、米ドル残高はどうなりますか? 認められる居住地証明とは? 戸籍上の名前(実名)を変更する場合、提供する必要がある書類とは? Tiliaからのメールを確実に受け取るため、登録済みのメールアドレスを更新する方法とは? 身分証明書の提出を必要としない取引とは? Tiliaの利用に関する質問 Second Lifeのアカウントとは別にTiliaアカウントにアクセスできますか? Tiliaから米ドルを銀行口座に直接引き出せますか? リンデンドルの購入にTiliaを利用する必要はありますか? 休眠アカウント維持手数料の支払いを避ける方法とは? 資金を処理できない理由とは? 技術的な質問&法的な質問 個人情報は安全に保管されていますか? TiliaはGDRPを遵守していますか? Tiliaは個人情報を政府と共有しますか? 提供する個人情報はデータマイニングの目的で使用されますか? 米ドル残高は州に帰属されますか? 米ドル残高がTiliaアカウントに残っている状態でSecond Lifeの住人が亡くなった場合どうなりますか? Tiliaとは? Tiliaは、Linden Labの子会社で、Second Lifeコミュニティに特定の金融サービスを提供し、米国の法規制の遵守を徹底するためSecond Lifeを支援しています。 2019年8月1日付けで、Tiliaはお客様の米ドル残高の管理を引き継ぎ、Tiliaアカウントとして管理いたします。今後はTiliaが、お客様のTiliaアカウントからの資金の処理請求とお支払い手続きの処理を行います。現在お使いのSecond Lifeアカウントに関連付けられたTiliaアカウントが自動作成されます。Tiliaアカウントにアクセスするためのユーザー名とパスワードを新たに設定する必要はありません。 Tiliaでの資金の処理(引き出し) 規制要件を遵守するため、米ドル建ての残高の一部をPayPalまたはSkrillのアカウントに引き出す(資金の処理として知られている処理)を希望される場合は、お客様がご本人であることを確認するため、いくつか個人情報をご提供いただく必要があります。必要な個人情報には以下が含まれます。 名前 住所 生年月日 社会保障番号(米国の国籍をお持ちでない場合、政府発行の身分証明書) また、取引を完了するため追加の情報の提供が求められる場合もあります。Tiliaは、情報を何度も提供していただくことのないよう、一度上記の情報をいただきましたら、安全に保管いたします。 注記:18歳未満のお客様は、2019年8月1日以降、18歳になるまで資金の処理ができなくなります。 重要:12ヶ月間Tiliaアカウントが利用されていない場合、休眠アカウント維持手数料を請求させていただきます。本手数料は、アカウントが再び利用されるまで、Tiliaアカウントに毎月請求されます。本手数料に関する詳細は、Tiliaのサービス利用規約のセクション3.4でご確認いただけます。 本人確認のための質問 Tiliaに個人情報を提供しなければならない理由とは?また提供した個人情報の利用目的とは? 金融サービス業として登録している事業体であるLinden LabおよびTiliaには、適用される米国の法規制を遵守することが義務付けられています。継続的なリスク管理プロセスの一環として、当社は金融関連サービスを提供するお客様の個人情報を入手、確認、記録する必要があります。当社はお客様のプライバシーと安全を極めて重要なものであると考えています。このため、お客様の個人情報は継続的に保護され、Linden LabおよびTiliaのプライバシーポリシーに明記されている目的でのみ使用されるものとします。 認められる身分証明書の種類とは? 認められる写真付き身分証明書は以下の通りです。 運転免許証 パスポート 種類を問わず政府発行の写真付き身分証明書 上記のいずれの身分証明書もお持ちでない場合は、当社のカスタマーサポートまでお問い合わせの上、対応についてお尋ねください。 すでに写真付き身分証明書を提出しています。再び提出しなければならない理由とは? Linden Labが提供する金融関連サービスは今後同社の完全所有子会社であるTilia Inc.によって管理されるようになります。Tiliaには適用される米国の法規制を遵守することが義務付けられています。継続的なリスク管理プロセスの一環として、当社は金融関連サービスを提供するお客様の個人情報を入手、確認、記録いたします。お客様の個人情報は継続的に保護され、当社のプライバシーポリシー(当社ウェブサイトよりご覧いただけます)に明記されている目的でのみ使用されるものとします。 すでに情報を提供いただいている場合、住人の方に情報の再提出をお願いすることはほとんどありませんが、ごく稀にTiliaが再び文書を収集、確認する必要があるケースが発生する可能性があります。 利用している銀行、クレジットカード会社、PayPalのいずれかによってすでに本人確認が行われています。Tiliaで再び本人確認をしなければならない理由とは? 金融サービス事業を運営するTiliaには、金融取引に関連する様々な州法や連邦法を遵守することが義務付けられています。また、これらの各種法律によって、お客様がクレジットカード会社やPayPalなど他の金融機関に本人確認のための情報をすでに提供しているか否かを問わず、この情報を収集し確認することが当社に義務付けられています。 社会保障番号を持っていません。手続きを進めるにはどうしたらよいでしょうか? 米国の国籍をお持ちでない場合は、身分証明書としてパスポートおよび公共料金(電気・ガス・水道)の領収書をご利用いただけます。米国の国籍をお持ちで社会保障番号を持っていない場合は、カスタマーサービスまでお問い合わせください。 社会保障番号の提供を希望しない場合どうなりますか? 社会保障番号をご提供いただけない場合、当社はお客様の取引を処理できません。当社には法律によって社会保障番号の収集および確認を行うことが義務付けられています。 登録時に本人確認のための情報を求められない理由とは? 本人確認のための身分証明書に関する情報の収集は、ゲーム内通貨のアカウントの資金を米ドル建てで引き出すなど、一部の金融取引でのみ必要となります。Second Lifeを使用するための登録にあたり本人確認のための情報の収集を義務付ける規制はありません。 身分証明書はいつ求められますか? 資金の処理請求を開始する際および決済方法として登録されている送金先に米ドル建ての資金を送金する際に、身分証明書が求められます。 資金の処理請求を行う前に、確認用に身分証明書を自主的に提出することはできますか? はい。資金の処理請求を行う前に、確認用に身分証明書を自主的に提出していただくことは可能です。事前にご提供いただくことで、Tiliaで初めて資金の処理請求を行う際に、処理の遅延を確実に防ぐことができます。 Second Lifeウェブサイトの支払情報ページにアクセスしてください。「We may need some additional information in order to process credit from your Tilia account」(Tiliaアカウントからの資金の処理には、いくつか追加の情報が必要となる場合があります」をクリックすると、提出ページにアクセスできます。本人であることが確認されると、表示されるメッセージが「We have all the information we require to process credit from your Tilia account. Thank you!」(Tiliaアカウントからの資金の処理を進めるために必要な情報がすべて揃っています。ご協力ありがとうございます)に変わります。 この手続きに関する詳細は、ブログの「規制で義務付けられている情報の自主的な提出」というタイトルの投稿をご確認ください。 この手続きの所要日数とは? 請求は通常1~3日で処理されますが、場合によっては最長30日の時間を要することがあります。 身分証明書を提出しない場合、米ドル残高はどうなりますか? ゲーム内米ドル残高はお客様のアカウントに残ります。必要な書類を受け取り、確認を行うまで、資金の処理請求は受け付けられません。米ドル残高とリンデンドルは引き続きSecond Lifeのサービス料のお支払いにご利用いただけます。 認められる居住地証明とは? 認められる書類は以下の通りです。また、発行日が3ヶ月以内である必要がありますのでご注意ください。 最新の公共料金(電気・ガス・水道)の領収書 銀行やクレジットカードの取引明細書、資産報告書 携帯電話料金の明細書 賃貸契約書、賃借契約書 納税申告書 有権者登録用紙 保険証明書 必ず明確かつピントが合った書類全体が写っている写真を提出してください。また、必ず必要な情報が写っていることを確認してください。 戸籍上の名前(実名)を変更する場合、提供する必要がある書類とは? お名前が変わる場合には、必ず最新の情報を提出してください。認められる書類は以下の通りです。 氏名変更届 結婚証明書 離婚証明書 同性パートナーシップ証明書 Tiliaからのメールを確実に受け取るため、登録済みのメールアドレスを更新する方法とは? メールアドレスの更新をご希望の場合は、こちらのリンク(https://accounts.secondlife.com/change_email/)をクリックし、更新を行ってください。当社はメールアドレスの確認およびメールアドレスが最新のものであるかの確認を行うことをお客様に推奨しています。 身分証明書の提出を必要としない取引とは? 身分証明書の確認が必要となる取引には、資金の処理請求、すなわち、PayPalまたはSkrillアカウントへの米ドル残高の一部またはすべての引き出し請求が該当します。したがって、通常以下の種類の取引においてお客様に個人情報の提供を求めることはありません。 お支払い方法を問わずリンデンドルのご購入 クレジットカード、PayPal、またはSkrillでのプレミアム会員費や土地使用料などSecond Lifeのサービスに対するお支払い リンデンドルのご利用 LindeX上でのリンデンドルの売却 Tiliaの利用に関する質問 Second Lifeのアカウントとは別にTiliaアカウントにアクセスできますか? 現時点ではできません。TiliaアカウントはSecond Lifeアカウントに統合され、Second Lifeのログイン情報でログインできるSecond Lifeウェブサイト経由でご利用いただけます。Tilia提供のサービスには、その旨がはっきりとわかるように印が付けられる予定です。 Tiliaから米ドルを銀行口座に直接引き出せますか? 現時点でTiliaから銀行口座に資金を直接引き出すことはできませんが、米ドル残高をPayPalやSkrillに引き出すことは可能です。 リンデンドルの購入にTiliaを利用する必要はありますか? いいえ。Tiliaはリンデンドルの購入処理に関わっていません。リンデンドルのご購入には今後も引き続き登録済みのお支払い方法をご利用いただけます。また追加の個人情報の提供は不要です。 休眠アカウント維持手数料の支払いを避ける方法とは? 12ヶ月間Tiliaアカウントが利用されていない場合、3ドル未満の休眠アカウント維持手数料を毎月請求させていただきます。この少額の月額手数料は、お客様のアカウントを維持するために要するエンジニアリング、サポート、会計処理、コンプライアンス関連の維持手数料に充てられます。休眠アカウント維持手数料により、お客様の米ドル残高をマイナスに減らすことはできません。また、本手数料により、新たにクレジットカードに請求が行われることは絶対にありません。休眠アカウント維持手数料は、リンデンドルの残高に影響しません。 Second Lifeウェブサイトで最低12ヶ月に1回アカウントにログインするだけで、休眠アカウント維持手数料を避けることができます。また、プレミアム会員である限り、プレミアム会員の住人に対して休眠アカウント維持手数料が請求されることはありません。 資金を処理できない理由とは? 当社でお客様の個人情報の確認が完了していない場合、資金の処理請求を受け付けることはできません。 技術的な質問&法的な質問 個人情報は安全に保管されていますか? 当社はお客様の懸念を十分に理解しています。お客様の個人情報は、当社のプライバシーポリシーに明記されている通り保護されています。インターネット経由で情報を提供することに抵抗がある場合は、カスタマーサポートまでお問い合わせの上、追加の提供方法についてご相談ください。 お客様の個人情報を保護するために当社が導入している方法に関する詳細は、当社のブログの「Tiliaにおけるプライバシーとセキュリティに関する情報」というタイトルの投稿をご確認ください。 TiliaはGDRPを遵守していますか? Tiliaは、EU一般データ保護規則(GDRP)を徹底遵守しています。詳細については、当社のプライバシーポリシーをご確認ください。ご自身のアカウントや状況について具体的なご質問がありましたら、当社カスタマーサポートまでお問い合わせください。 Tiliaは個人情報を政府と共有しますか? 召喚状や捜索令状など法的措置を受け情報を提供せざるを得ない場合を除き、Tiliaはいかなる政府に対しても情報を提供しません。 提供する個人情報はデータマイニングの目的で使用されますか? Tiliaは一切データマイニングに関わっていません。したがって、お客様のデータがデータマイニングの目的で使用されることや、第三者に販売されることはありません。TiliaはLinden Labの子会社であり、Second Lifeの商取引の基幹システムを強化しつつ、当社のプロセスとお客様の個人情報の保護も強化することを存在意義としています。 米ドル残高は州に帰属されますか? はい。Tiliaは、すべての州の未請求資産(unclaimed property)に関する法律を遵守します。 米ドル残高がTiliaアカウントに残っている状態でSecond Lifeの住人が亡くなった場合どうなりますか? 本トピックに関する当社のWikiの記事「Linden Lab公式情報:Second Lifeの住人の死亡およびその他の懸念事項について」にアクセスし、当社の現行の方針をご確認ください。
  16. 1 point
    Managing your inventory Unassociated marketplace inventory Listed, unlisted, and unavailable status Editing a listing Removing a listing Changing the item associated with a listing Editing more than one listing at a time Viewing your Moderate or Adult listings Listing enhancements Managing your existing listing enhancements Listing enhancement reports Your store profile Revenue distributions Transaction history Problems with selling Redelivering an item to a customer Flagged items Email notification settings In other languages: Deutsch Español Français Italiano 日本語 Português Managing your inventory The Manage inventory section of the Marketplace makes it easy to edit your item listings one at a time or in bulk. To manage your inventory: After logging in to the Marketplace, choose My Marketplace > Merchant home in the upper-right. Click Manage inventory on the left-hand side. Unassociated marketplace inventory If you have added an item to your Marketplace listings in the Second Life Viewer, but have not associated it with an existing listing or created a new listing, it appears in the Unassociated tab of the Marketplace listings window. For more information on adding an item to your Marketplace inventory and creating new listings, see Selling in the Marketplace. To associate an unassociated item with an existing listing: Right-click the unassociated item's folder in the Unassociated tab of the Marketplace listings window. Choose Associate listing. Enter the Listing ID of the existing listing. The listing ID can be found in parentheses next to a listed or unlisted item listing. For example, "Example Crate (3732)". The unassociated item now replaces the existing item in the listing. The previously listed item becomes unassociated inventory. Listed, unlisted, and unavailable status Each of your listings has a status: Listed - The normal, active status of an item that is publicly visible and available for purchase on the Marketplace. Exception: limited-quantity stock items stay Listed after they have sold out, but they cannot be purchased. Unlisted - An item that is intentionally hidden and unavailable for purchase. You might unlist a product because: You are permanently discontinuing the product but want to keep the listing for your personal records. The product is seasonal or event-specific and will be temporarily unlisted until the next time an appropriate event comes around. You've discovered serious bugs in your product and temporarily unlist it while you address the issue. Be sure to make an announcement on your Marketplace store (and anywhere else on the web you maintain a Marketplace presence, like a blog) to keep your customers informed. Unavailable - An item can be unavailable for various reasons: Freshly-added items with incomplete listings show up here. You need to Edit each one and fill in the required fields to List those items. Learn about item listing fields and how to use them. If an item violates the Marketplace Terms of Service, Linden Lab may make it unavailable. Note: The Date field in Manage inventory indicates the date the item was imported into the Second Life Marketplace. Editing a listing To edit one of your listings: In the upper-right, click My Marketplace > Merchant home. On the left-hand side, click Manage inventory. Click Actions > Edit next to the item you want to update. You can also click Actions > Preview to see how an item listing looks to potential customers, or click Actions > Unlist/List to activate or deactivate a listing. Make the desired changes to your item listing fields. Click Update to save your changes. You can also get to the Edit Item Listing page from the Second Life Viewer by right-clicking the item's folder and choosing Edit listing. Removing a listing To remove a listing, first unlist the item from the Second Life Marketplace: Login to the Marketplace and choose My Marketplace > My Store (upper-right). Click Manage inventory. Locate the item entry and click the Actions > Unlist link. Next, remove the listing from your Marketplace store: Login to the Marketplace and choose My Marketplace > My Store (upper-right). Click Manage inventory. Next to the item listing you want to remove, choose Actions > Delete. Changing the item associated with a listing If you want to sell a different or updated version of an item using a current listing: In the Second Life Viewer, choose Me > Marketplace listings Find the listing number in parentheses next to your existing listing. For example, "Example Crate (3757)". Click the Unassociated tab of the Marketplace listings window. Right-click an unassociated item you wish to associate with your listing and choose Associate listing. In the Associate Listing window that appears, enter the Listing ID of your existing listing and click OK. The unassociated item now replaces the existing item in the listing. The previously listed is moved to the Unassociated tab. Editing more than one listing at a time Note: Choosing Edit for multiple items is a useful way to standardize fields that are the same. For example, if you're selling colored variations of hair, most of the information will be identical; or you might have a standard blurb you want to add for multiple products. To edit more than one listing at a time: Click the checkboxes in the leftmost column for the items you want to edit, or click the checkbox at the top of the column to select them all. Tip: If you have a big inventory and want to view or select more items at once, change Items per page to a higher number, like 100. Below, next to Modify selected items, choose an option from the dropdown (List, Unlist, or Edit) and click Go. The page refreshes with a confirmation message. Viewing your Moderate or Adult listings When you search for your item on the Marketplace, make sure you select General, Moderate, or Adult as under Show maturity levels. Unless you enable Moderate and Adult content, the feature that lets shoppers exclude this content from their search results also prevents you from seeing your own listings. Your listing's maturity level may be automatically updated by the filters we use to scan for incorrectly rated listings. We occasionally update the filter keywords; if your listing contains words in the updated filter, its maturity rating will be changed accordingly. If you disagree with the automated maturity rating, please contact support. Listing enhancements Listing enhancements allow you to promote an item by advertising it as a "Featured Item" on a highly visible page. While editing an item listing, you can click the Add button on the right to: Feature this item on the home page - http://marketplace.secondlife.com Feature this item on a category landing page - For example, Avatar Accessories. Feature this item on the checkout receipt page - A shopper sees this page after checking out. Feature this item on the L$0 cart checkout ads page - A shopper sees this page after checking out with a L$0 balance (freebies). For listing enhancement prices, please see the Marketplace fees and commissions. Managing your existing listing enhancements To manage your listing enhancements: Go to the Marketplace. Click My Marketplace > Merchant home. Click Manage subscriptions on the left, or click Inventory tab > Manage subscriptions. The Subscriptions page shows the details of all your listing enhancements, including where each item is featured, its renewal period, and its current status. Find the listing enhancement you want to change. Click Edit on the right. You can now edit your listing enhancement. To cancel your listing enhancement at the end of the current time period, click Don't renew. To renew a listing enhancement that you have canceled, click Reactivate. To cancel your listing enhancement effective immediately, with no refund for time remaining, clickDelete. Important: Listing enhancements renew automatically! If you only want to advertise your item for a specific time period, follow the instructions for cancelling your listing enhancement. Listing enhancement reports You can view listing enhancement reports, which show statistics on impressions and click-throughs for each listing enhancement you have active: When logged into the Marketplace, click My Marketplace > Merchant home. On the left, click Listing enhancements (under Reports). Your store profile Your store has its own profile that can be customized. You should take advantage of this to promote your brand: Click My Marketplace in the upper-right and click Merchant Home. On the left-hand side, click Edit Store Information. Here's what the fields mean: Store Name - This defaults to your Resident name, but if you like you can change it to something else. Profile - Whatever you want to tell potential customers about you in up to 2,100 characters, like who you are, what you sell, and why you do it. Examples: "We've been selling in Second Life for seven years and these are some testimonials from thousands of delighted customers!"; "We believe every avatar should be able to have an incredibly beautiful home"; or "Our company's goal is to amplify your awesome." Policies - Do you accept refunds? Do you prefer to be contacted via email or IM, or have you hired support staff that your customers should contact? Make sure to state this here so customers' expectations are clear. Link to Blog - Link to your blog or another website about your store. Many sellers use blogs to announce product updates. Some even group together and form community blogs, like iheartsl. Link to Inworld Store - If you have an inworld store, enter its SLurl here. Store Image - Click Browse to choose a JPG, PNG, or GIF image from your hard drive. A well-compressed JPG generally works best. This isn't usually a picture of your inworld store but rather of your brand's logo. This small image must be exactly 45x45 pixels, so make sure what you upload is legible. There are web tools like Picnik that can help. Store Banner Image - Again, click Browseto choose a JPG, PNG, or GIF image from your hard drive. Must be exactly 700x100 pixels. Your Store Name and Store Image appear on the right-hand side of all your item pages, like this: Tip: If you've gotten this far and you haven't read How to market your products yet, you should! Revenue distributions The revenue distributions feature allows payments to be automatically distributed among multiple Residents. Distributions are based on percentages, not fixed dollar amounts. For example, say you are selling a car for L$1,000. You make L$700 per each car sold and distribute L$200 per sale to Alice and L$100 per sale to Bob. In this distribution, 20% goes to Alice and 10% goes to Bob. Control revenue distributions by clicking Add Distribution on the Edit item listing page. Transaction history To view your Transaction History: Login to the Marketplace. Click My Marketplace and click Merchant Home. On the left, under Reports, click Orders. On the Orders page, specify a Start Date and End Date by clicking the calendar dropdowns. Click Go to refresh the page. On the right, click Download CSV to download a CSV file that can be read in various applications, like Microsoft Excel. If a Resident buys an item as a gift for someone else, the recipient's name shows under Recipient. If the item is intended to be received by the same Resident who bought it, you see the buyer's name next to Customer. Problems with selling Having problems while selling your items? If you can't find a solution below, you can get more help at theSupport Portal. Redelivering an item to a customer If a customer requests that an item be redelivered — perhaps they didn't receive it, or lost their only copy — you can follow these steps: When logged into the Marketplace, click My Marketplace > Merchant home in the upper right. On the left-hand side, click Orders. Search for the order by Order # or Customer (the Resident's name). Click View order or the order number you want to redeliver. Click Redeliver item. Tip: You might want to make sure that your customer is online before redelivering. If a Resident has more than 25 offline message notifications, any new IMs or item deliveries will fail. Also, if the Resident is set to Away, redeliveries from the Marketplace will fail. Flagged items Flagged items are not removed automatically, and flagging does not affect search relevance. If an item is flagged, the item goes into a queue. Based on the flagger's rating, the flagged item will move up or down in the queue. People who abuse flagging will be ignored. If your item was flagged for: An incorrect category (the most common reason for flagging): See if there are sub-categories of the section where your item is currently listed and move your item to a more appropriate section. Do not post items in the "root" categories such as Apparel, Home & Garden, etc. unless you absolutely cannot find a sub-category that applies. You might also suggest a new Marketplace category. An incorrect maturity level: Please check the maturity level of your item. If you still have questions about why your item was flagged or unlisted, please open a support case and include the exact name of the product as it appears on your inventory page. Email notification settings You can change the types of email notifications you receive from the Second Life Marketplace: Visit http://marketplace.secondlife.com. If you are not already signed in, click Sign in in the top right corner of the page. Click My Marketplace at the top of the page, then select My account from the dropdown menu. Click Email settings on the left side of the My account page. On the Email settings page, under Merchant Notifications, click On or Off next to each type of email notification to set your notification preference. As a merchant on the Second Life Marketplace, you may receive the following types of email notifications: Purchase notification Note: This email is sent after delivery and payments have both been completed on a line item. Redelivery notification Note: This email is sent when either you or Linden Lab customer support redelivers an item. Review alert Flag alert
  17. 1 point
    Purchasing from the land store Delivery Maturity ratings Guidelines for naming Private Regions Ordering adjacent regions Private Region customizations Initial customizations Customizations after purchase Renting a region for a special event Rental rate Details More information Invoicing for special orders Where to get an invoice Verification information Payment Information Private Region types Undeveloped regions are delivered completely empty of objects and ready to be built and shaped to your liking. Themed regions contain a ready-made build which has been optimized to get you started on your new land in minutes, and which can be futher modified to your liking. All themes are available as Full Regions, and most as Homestead Regions. The table below explains the different types of Private Regions available for purchase in the Second Life® virtual world. Full Regions Homestead Regions Openspace Regions Description The premier region product which offers the highest performance. Lower performance than a Full Region and intended for low-density rentals, quiet residential, or light commercial use. Available only to Residents who own at least one Full Region. Intended for very low-impact scenic use such as ocean, forest, or countryside. No longer available for sale. Size 65,536 m2 65,536 m2 65,536 m2 Setup fee US$349 Undeveloped US$600 Second Life Skill Gaming US$149 Undeveloped No longer available for sale. Monthly maintenance US$229 Undeveloped US$345 Second Life Skill Gaming US$109 US$60 Land capacity 20,000* 5000 1000 Max. avatars 100 20 10 Script limits N/A TBD TBD Habitation allowed? Yes Yes No Rental allowed? Yes Yes No Events & classifieds? Yes Yes No Conversion to Full Region allowed? N/A Yes Yes * You can upgrade a Full Region's land capacity to 30,000 for a one-time fee of $30 and an increased monthly maintenance fee by submitting a support case of the type Land & Region > Land Impact Change Request. For more information, please see this post on the Second Life Blog. Purchasing from the land store Note: To purchase land from the Land Store, you must have billing information on file. Add billing information on your billing information page. Log into the Second Life Land Portal. Tip: Read the introduction explaining the difference between developed land and undeveloped land. The former is great for a quick start, while the latter is the choice if you want to create everything from scratch. Click Buy an Undeveloped Private Region. If you don't need the amount of control and space that comes with a region, you can choose to Buy Mainland. You are presented with thumbnail images and descriptions of several appealing choices. These are all starting points for your creative vision, and you can always reshape your land later. Click Continue to proceed. Use the comparison details on the "Land Detail" page to decide whether you want a Full Region or Homestead. Click Choose under your selection to continue. Note: You can only purchase a Homestead region if you own or are also going to buy one or more full regions. EXCEPTION: Educational institutions. See Information for educators. On the "Name your land" page, type a name in the Create a Region Name field and click Check Availability. If your selected name is not taken, you can proceed. Region Coordinates are automatically filled in; these coordinates are where your Region will be physically located on the World Map. If you'd prefer to override them, click [change], then click a map square that isn't crossed out in red. You can click the arrow buttons to look at different areas on the map. You can also search for another region to be near (for example, one that a friend or colleague owns). Take a few seconds to fill out the brief survey at the bottom. Click the Add to Cart button. Once all details have been successfully verified, you can shop for more regions (same steps as above) or click Proceed to Checkout. Note: You may have up to 10 items in your cart at once. Items don't stay in your cart forever; they stay in your cart until you or someone else buys them. A region is held as yours for 30 minutes after your last activity in the Land Store. If someone else buys it (or a neighboring region) after those 30 minutes have elapsed, it will appear in your cart as unavailable. On the "Real Estate: Shopping Cart" page, click Place Order to confirm your purchase. Note: Orders totaling more than US$10,000 can't be processed through the Land Store. If you're planning on buying more than US$10,000 worth of land, consider making multiple orders. Delivery Once your region purchase is complete, you receive an email with the details. A new region is generally delivered within 15 minutes. Occasional service updates may affect that time, so see the Second Life Grid Status Reports page if it's taking longer than expected. Maturity ratings New regions are delivered with a default maturity rating of Moderate. You can customize this using the Region/Estate tools: From the Viewer menus, go to World > Place Profile > Region/Estate. Click the Region tab. From the Rating dropdown, select either or Adult. Click Apply. Note: If your region is Moderate or Adult, only Residents, including yourself, who have set their maturity preference correctly will be able to access the region. Otherwise, if they try to enter, they'll be prompted either to set their preferences or be age-verified. See Maturity ratings for more information. Guidelines for naming Private Regions Follow these guidelines when naming your Private Region (island) or estate. Private Region or estate names: Must not already be in use. Must be more than 2, but less than 26 characters (spaces count). Must contain three words or less. Must use only alphanumeric characters (no punctuation). Must not be the name of a real life city (however "New York Island" or "Los Angeles City" are fine). Cannot include SL, Linden, Linden Lab, Second Life etc in the name. Must comply with General maturity rating guidelines. Do not use the following as a Private Region name or estate name: The name of another person to the extent that it may cause deception or confusion. A name which violates any trademark right, copyright, or other proprietary right. A name which may mislead other users to believe you to be an employee of Linden Lab. A name which Linden Lab deems in its discretion to be vulgar or otherwise offensive (obscenities in any language and however spelled; language that is racist, sexist or otherwise derogatory in nature). Linden Lab reserves the right to change Private Region and estate names as we see fit. Ordering adjacent regions It is possible for two people to order adjacent Private Regions. The first person must: Order a Private Region, then log into the Second Life website and click the Land Manager tab. Click the My Regions tab. Click the estate name of the estate for which you want to allow neighbors. In the Allowed Neighbors column, click the edit link for a specific region. Type the name of the Resident you want to allow as a neighbor, then click Add. Click Close. The second person must Order a Private Region as described in Purchasing from the land store. During the ordering process, you may place your new region adjacent to the first person's region. Private Region customizations Initial customizations With your region order, you can specify the following customizations: Name: You can select a unique name when creating the region. See the Guidelines for Private Region Naming for details. Terrain shape: You can select from one of the six predesigned templates (including flat green land and open water). Estate: You can assign your region to its own estate or to an estate you already own (with other Private Regions owned by you). Your Estate tools allow you to control settings for more than one region at once. Customizations after purchase As estate owner, you have access to the Region/Estate menu (under World > Place Profile). This provides you with several other options to customize your region: Water height: You may specify the height sea level reaches on your region. Terrain textures: You can use almost any texture for terrain. You can specify low-resolution textures as well as high-resolution textures and configure the elevation range at which they shift from one to another. There's more information on terrain textures in the Estate Tools article. Fixed sun position: You can lock the sun at a specific time of day or night. Terraform: You can lower or raise your terrain 100m from the height at which it was created. This is usually sufficient for nearly any type of terrain (including very dramatic cliffs). Custom terrain files: You can save your terrain to a .RAW image file, edit it in a program such as Photoshop, and upload it back into Second Life to make wide-sweeping changes to your Region's terrain instantly. Agent limit: You may control how many avatars can visit your Region at the same time, anywhere from one to over one hundred. Parcel activity: You can decide whether to allow renters to sell their parcels to other Residents, and whether they can subdivide the parcels they rent. Teleport routing: You can use a telehub to force Residents to land at a specific location in your region, or you can allow direct teleporting so Residents can use landmarks or the world map teleport wherever they like. Access: You can close your Private Region to everyone except your friends and colleagues, or you can open it to everyone in Second Life! You may also ban specific Residents by name if they cause trouble. Renting a region for a special event Got a plan for a large event and need a temporary place to have it? Linden Lab offers temporary Full Region rentals. Rental amounts are to be paid in full at the beginning of the rental period. Rental rate Land rental rates are different depending on whether you want to rent Private Regions or space on the mainland. Private Regions are US$50 per region per day. Mainland regions are L$4,000 per region per day. Note: You must have a premium account to rent mainland regions. You can rent a Private Region with any account type. Mainland rental regions are Iridium, Osmium, Palladium, Platinum, Rhodium, and Ruthenium (named after the platinum group metals.) Details Reservations must be made 2 weeks in advance and are on a first-come first-served basis. Residents must include a full description of the event when applying. Minimal rental period is 3 days. Residents are allowed to terraform the land and do not incur tier fees for temporary ownership of the land. Residents cannot transfer the land during the rental period. The original state of the regions will be saved immediately before the rental period. At the conclusion of the rental period, the regions will be restored. More information If you're interested in renting, please submit a Land and Region Issues ticket with the Region Request field set to Region Rental from our Support page. Additional information you'll need to submit includes: The number of regions you want Rental start and end dates Whether or not you need to be able to terraform the regions A full description of your event Invoicing for special orders If you are an educator, non-profits organization, Resident under 18 years old or a business entities that requires a formal invoice, then place your order for private regions with the Special Island Order Form. Use the special order form under these conditions: Orders for eligible educational institution or not-for-profit. There is an educational discount available, and your status as an educator or non-profit does require verification. For all under 18 Resident, non-Linden Home, land orders (requires parental/guardian approval if under 18). Note: users under the age of 18 cannot purchase Linden Homes. Any order requiring an invoice (payments by wire transfer, check or credit card). Specifically for business entities requiring a formal invoice/receipt or PO# type process. PO# not required at the time of ordering. If your purchase does not fall into these categories, then place your order at the Land Store. Note: All orders placed through the Special Island Order Form require advance payment of six or twelve months maintenance fees. If you are approved for the discount, maintenance fees are added to your island order invoice based on the payment cycle chosen at a rate of US$114.50 per month. Payment is made from the invoice which is issued upon the delivery of your island. Your first invoice will include both the setup and the first cycle of maintenance. Where to get an invoice Second Life offers the invoicing option though the special orders selection in the Land Store. You can also access invoicing directly from specialorders.secondlife.com. Verification information You need to provide the following information to use the invoicing option. Please read the guidelines below carefully. If your questions are not answered by this document, please submit a Support ticket to request explanation (include "Education" in the ticket summary). Note: Second Life cannot provide invoicing option to Individuals, including educational professionals who wish to purchase a region for personal use or developers who wish to purchase a region for an institution. Approval and Private Region delivery Submitting an order does not obligate you to pay immediately; payment is made once the Private Region has been delivered and the invoice sent. When you place the order, you receive a sales order confirmation. This is merely an order confirmation, not a notice of delivery. Once you place the order, your order enters the approval queue. Once the order is approved, you receive an approval email and your order is placed in the delivery queue. After approval, delivery time under normal circumstances is 10-15 business days. You cannot make a payment until you receive an invoice, which you then have 30 days to pay. Invoices for maintenance are emailed when the payment schedule is ready for renewal. Warning: Late payment may result in the closure of your Private Region and the loss of any inventory it contains. You have access to your account in Netsuite (Second Life's special orders system) through the special ordering website. Note: Netsuite is a different website than secondlife.com. In your Netsuite account, you will be able to: View your sales order. Add your credit card information. Pay your invoice with a credit card. Payment Information You may pay via check, credit card or wire transfer. We neither accept Paypal nor use funds from your Second Life account to pay for your invoiced Private Region order. Note: Currently, VAT is not added to our invoiced orders, but we will inform you if this changes. Find out more about VAT and Second Life in Account balance. Wire Transfer See Account balance for more information on paying by wire transfer. You must pay your bank's wiring charges, which are added to your invoice total. Be sure to reference your invoice number in the wire details. Credit Card To pay by credit card: Log into your Netsuite account. You are directed to menu options. Select Make a Payment. All outstanding invoices appear. Move to the bottom of the page, where you may add your credit card information for payment of the invoices you select. Note: The list of outstanding invoices is not the sales order document. Check or Bank Draft Please submit a check or bank draft to: Linden Research Inc Dept. 34109 PO Box 39000 San Francisco CA 94111 USA Those who use Purchase Order numbers should send us the required vendor forms for completion. We will add the PO# to the invoice as soon as we receive it. Other useful information: Federal Tax ID#: 94-3364615 VAT #: EU826011179
  18. 1 point
    Estates versus Private Regions Private Regions overview Additional types of Private Regions Homestead Regions Homesteads for educators and non-profits Land parcels on Homestead Regions Openspace Regions Buying Private Regions Land parcels on your regions Transferring or canceling Private Region ownership Estates overview Transferring or canceling an estate Additional features and controls for Private Regions and Estates Purchasing from the land store Delivery Maturity ratings Guidelines for naming Private Regions Ordering adjacent regions Private Region customizations Initial customizations Customizations after purchase Renting a region for a special event Rental rate Details More information Invoicing for special orders Where to get an invoice Verification information Approval and Private Region delivery Payment Information Converting Regions Tip: To find out who owns a particular region, select World > Place Profile > Region/Estate > Covenant and locate the listing for Owner. If the owner is listed as (none), the region is owned by Linden Lab. Estates versus Private Regions An estate is a term for a group of one or more Private Regions that belong to one Resident. Each square on the map is a region. A Resident can own many estates. An estate can never have less than one region. Regions owned by different Residents cannot be in the same estate. Regions in the same estate share certain common settings, including but not limited to: Ban lists Sun settings Estate managers There are a few other differences: There is no charge to change an estate name, but there is a nominal charge to change a Private Region name. You can request transfer of ownership of regions, but not entire estates. Private Regions overview Private Regions are regions in Second Life that are explicitly paid for and controlled by a Resident. In general, Private Region ownership is an excellent choice for Residents who: Wish to enjoy land ownership separate from the ever-changing Second Life mainland. Want to build and control a Second Life experience with or without adjacent neighbors. Require more land controls than those provided on the mainland. Want to name the region their land is in (within the naming guidelines). Additional types of Private Regions In addition to standard Private Regions, existing region owners may purchase Homestead Regions. Homesteads are less expensive than standard Private Regions but are designed for lighter use and can support fewer objects and avatars than a normal region. You may also choose to convert one or more of your Private Regions into multiple Openspaces or Homesteads, or you may choose to convert some of your Openspaces or Homesteads to different region types. After any conversion, you must always have at least one standard Private Region remaining. For full details on converting between different region types, see Converting Private Regions. Homestead Regions A Homestead is a type of Private Region intended for such purposes as: Low-density rentals Light commercial use Quiet residential use Other specifications for Homesteads include: Available to full region owners only Lower price than a full region Events and classifieds are permitted Comes with lower usage limits than full regions: Land capacity set at 5000 Concurrent avatar limit set at 20 Pricing for Homesteads is as follows: Setup fee of $149 Monthly fee of $109 Homesteads for educators and non-profits We do not offer discounts on any type of Private Regions, but qualified educators and non-profits are allowed to order a Homestead Region without owning a standard Private Region, unlike regular Residents. If you represent a qualified non-profit organization that wants to order a Homestead Region, submit a support case to do so. Land parcels on Homestead Regions Homesteads are approved for rental use within the Region limitations we have set. Openspace Regions Openspace Regions are a type of Private Region intended for light use such as water, hills, or forest. They are not intended for building, home rentals, or events. To own an Openspace Region, you must also own a normal Private Region. Openspace specifications include: Available to full region owners only Lower price than a full region or Homestead Events and classifieds are not permitted Comes with lower usage limits than full regions or Homesteads: Land capacity set at 1000 Concurrent avatar limit set at 10 Pricing for Openspaces is as follows: New Openspace regions are no longer available for sale. Monthly fee of $60 For more information about Openspace Regions, see the article titled Openspace Regions. Buying Private Regions Land parcels on your regions Parcels can be sold to other Residents, but you remain responsible for the monthly payments. You can make arrangements for these new parcel owners to pay you for use of the estate, but that's between you and the other Residents. Many estate owners use the estate's covenant to explain their payment structure. Estate owners can deed out the land parcels on regions in their estate to a group. The actual ownership is not conveyed to the group (you still own the regions), and group members cannot pay for your regions by contributing land allocations. The region owner (you) are always billed the region's monthly payment, no matter how the group land is set up. Read more about estates and groups in Group-owned land. Transferring or canceling Private Region ownership You have a couple of options: You may transfer ownership of the Private Region to another Resident. This requires both you and the buyer to enter support tickets with certain details about the transaction. See Managing Private Regions for more details on the transfer process, cost, and timeframe. You may abandon your Private Region to Linden Lab. There is no fee to do so. No refunds will be given, and you will have the use of your region until the end of the current billing cycle. You need to notify the Concierge staff of your intention by submitting a ticket. Go to the Support Portal and click New Ticket Submission. In the Ticket Type dropdown, select Land and Region Issues. In the Region Request dropdown, select Region Cancellation Request. Fill out the requested details, and at the bottom, click Finish to submit the ticket. You can see billing dates and fees for all of your Private Regions at the Land Portal. If your Private Region fees are invoiced, you can see the date your billing cycle ends by logging into your Netsuite account. Note: If your next billing date falls within 5 business days of when you submit the ticket, please notify Concierge by phone or chat, so that you will not be billed automatically. Provide your ticket number in that conversation. When your ticket is processed, you'll receive a response indicating that the region will be taken offline on its next billing date and that you will not be charged any further maintenance fees. Please pick up or return any content on the region; any inventory remaining after the billing date will be deleted. Estates overview An estate is a named collection of one or more Private Regions. Estate-level controls allow you to administer and make adjustments to all regions in a given estate. Since all Private Regions must be in an estate, all Private Region owners are also estate owners by default, even if you only have one Private Region. Estate owners can: Acquire a large amount of land easily. Enjoy land ownership separate from the ever-changing Second Life mainland. Build and control their Second Life experience without adjacent neighbors. Exercise more land controls than those provided on the mainland. Name the regions they own. Estate-level tools make it convenient to manage multiple regions. If you have three regions (A, B and C) in an estate called Z, then to get to each of them you still need to teleport to those regions by name. You can however ban someone from the Z estate, which keeps that person from accessing any of Z's regions. You can also set the day/night cycle by estate so that all of your regions are in sync. Transferring or canceling an estate It is possible to transfer an estate by transferring all Private Regions in the estate to another Resident. For details on transferring Private Regions, see the Managing Private Regions. If you would like to terminate ownership of an estate without transferring it, please submit a support case of the type Land & Region > Region Cancellation Request, with all the relevant fields completed. Additional features and controls for Private Regions and Estates Estate owners possess a broad array of powers and options for maintaining their Private Regions and shaping them to fit their desired appearance. Many of these options can be found in the Second Life Viewer's Region/Estate window. For a more exhaustive list of management options such as region rollbacks, covenants, and terraforming tools, see Managing Private Regions. Private Region types Undeveloped regions are delivered completely empty of objects and ready to be built and shaped to your liking. Themed regions contain a ready-made build which has been optimized to get you started on your new land in minutes, and which can be futher modified to your liking. All themes are available as Full Regions, and most as Homestead Regions. The table below explains the different types of Private Regions available for purchase in the Second Life® virtual world. Full Regions Homestead Regions Openspace Regions Description The premier region product which offers the highest performance. Lower performance than a Full Region and intended for low-density rentals, quiet residential, or light commercial use. Available only to Residents who own at least one Full Region. Intended for very low-impact scenic use such as ocean, forest, or countryside. No longer available for sale. Size 65,536 m2 65,536 m2 65,536 m2 Setup fee US$349 Undeveloped US$629 Developed US$149 Undeveloped US$250 Developed No longer available for sale. Monthly maintenance US$229 US$109 US$60 Land capacity 20,000 5,000 1000 Max. avatars 100 20 10 Script limits N/A TBD TBD Habitation allowed? Yes Yes No Rental allowed? Yes Yes No Events & classifieds? Yes Yes No Conversion to Full Region allowed? N/A Yes Yes Purchasing from the land store Note: To purchase land from the Land Store, you must have billing information on file. Add billing information on your billing information page. Log into the Second Life Land Portal. Tip: Read the introduction explaining the difference between developed land and undeveloped land. The former is great for a quick start, while the latter is the choice if you want to create everything from scratch. Click either Buy an Undeveloped Private Region or Buy a Themed Private Region. If you don't need the amount of control and space that comes with a region, you can choose to Buy Mainland. You are presented with thumbnail images and descriptions of several appealing choices. These are all starting points for your creative vision, and you can always reshape your land later. Click Continue to proceed. Use the comparison details on the "Land Detail" page to decide whether you want a Full Region or Homestead. Click Choose under your selection to continue. Note: You can only purchase a Homestead region if you own or are also going to buy one or more full regions. EXCEPTION: Educational institutions. See Information for educators. On the "Name your land" page, type a name in the Create a Region Name field and click Check Availability. If your selected name is not taken, you can proceed. Region Coordinates are automatically filled in; these coordinates are where your Region will be physically located on the World Map. If you'd prefer to override them, click [change], then click a map square that isn't crossed out in red. You can click the arrow buttons to look at different areas on the map. You can also search for another region to be near (for example, one that a friend or colleague owns). Take a few seconds to fill out the brief survey at the bottom. Click the Add to Cart button. Once all details have been successfully verified, you can shop for more regions (same steps as above) or click Proceed to Checkout. Note: You may have up to 10 items in your cart at once. Items don't stay in your cart forever; they stay in your cart until you or someone else buys them. A region is held as yours for 30 minutes after your last activity in the Land Store. If someone else buys it (or a neighboring region) after those 30 minutes have elapsed, it will appear in your cart as unavailable. On the "Real Estate: Shopping Cart" page, click Place Order to confirm your purchase. Note: Orders totaling more than US$10,000 can't be processed through the Land Store. If you're planning on buying more than US$10,000 worth of land, consider making multiple orders. Delivery Once your region purchase is complete, you receive an email with the details. A new region is generally delivered within 15 minutes. Occasional service updates may affect that time, so see the Second Life Grid Status Reports page if it's taking longer than expected. Maturity ratings New regions are delivered with a default maturity rating of Moderate. You can customize this using the Region/Estate tools: From the Viewer menus, go to World > Place Profile > Region/Estate. Click the Region tab. From the Rating dropdown, select either or Adult. Click Apply. Note: If your region is Moderate or Adult, only Residents, including yourself, who have set their maturity preference correctly will be able to access the region. Otherwise, if they try to enter, they'll be prompted either to set their preferences or be age-verified. See Maturity ratings for more information. Guidelines for naming Private Regions Follow these guidelines when naming your Private Region (island) or estate. Private Region or estate names: Must not already be in use. Must be more than 2, but less than 26 characters (spaces count). Must contain three words or less. Must use only alphanumeric characters (no punctuation). Must not be the name of a real life city (however "New York Island" or "Los Angeles City" are fine). Cannot include SL, Linden, Linden Lab, Second Life etc in the name. Must comply with General maturity rating guidelines. Do not use the following as a Private Region name or estate name: The name of another person to the extent that it may cause deception or confusion. A name which violates any trademark right, copyright, or other proprietary right. A name which may mislead other users to believe you to be an employee of Linden Lab. A name which Linden Lab deems in its discretion to be vulgar or otherwise offensive (obscenities in any language and however spelled; language that is racist, sexist or otherwise derogatory in nature). Linden Lab reserves the right to change Private Region and estate names as we see fit. Ordering adjacent regions It is possible for two people to order adjacent Private Regions. The first person must: Order a Private Region, then log into the Second Life website and click the Land Manager tab. Click the My Regions tab. Click the estate name of the estate for which you want to allow neighbors. In the Allowed Neighbors column, click the edit link for a specific region. Type the name of the Resident you want to allow as a neighbor, then click Add. Click Close. The second person must Order a Private Region as described in Purchasing from the land store. During the ordering process, you may place your new region adjacent to the first person's region. Private Region customizations Initial customizations With your region order, you can specify the following customizations: Name: You can select a unique name when creating the region. See the Guidelines for Private Region Naming for details. Terrain shape: You can select from one of the six predesigned templates (including flat green land and open water). Estate: You can assign your region to its own estate or to an estate you already own (with other Private Regions owned by you). Your Estate tools allow you to control settings for more than one region at once. Customizations after purchase As estate owner, you have access to the Region/Estate menu (under World > Place Profile). This provides you with several other options to customize your region: Water height: You may specify the height sea level reaches on your region. Terrain textures: You can use almost any texture for terrain. You can specify low-resolution textures as well as high-resolution textures and configure the elevation range at which they shift from one to another. There's more information on terrain textures in the Estate Tools article. Fixed sun position: You can lock the sun at a specific time of day or night. Terraform: You can lower or raise your terrain 100m from the height at which it was created. This is usually sufficient for nearly any type of terrain (including very dramatic cliffs). Custom terrain files: You can save your terrain to a .RAW image file, edit it in a program such as Photoshop, and upload it back into Second Life to make wide-sweeping changes to your Region's terrain instantly. Agent limit: You may control how many avatars can visit your Regon at the same time, anywhere from one to over one hundred. Parcel activity: You can decide whether to allow renters to sell their parcels to other Residents, and whether they can subdivide the parcels they rent. Teleport routing: You can use a telehub to force Residents to land at a specific location in your region, or you can allow direct teleporting so Residents can use landmarks or the world map teleport wherever they like. Access: You can close your Private Region to everyone except your friends and colleagues, or you can open it to everyone in Second Life! You may also ban specific Residents by name if they cause trouble. Renting a region for a special event Got a plan for a large event and need a temporary place to have it? Linden Lab offers temporary Full Region rentals. Rental amounts are to be paid in full at the beginning of the rental period. Rental rate Land rental rates are different depending on whether you want to rent Private Regions or space on the mainland. Private Regions are US$50 per region per day. Mainland regions are L$4,000 per region per day. Note: You must have a premium account to rent mainland regions. You can rent a Private Region with any account type. Linden Lab does not offer discounts on region rentals at this time. Mainland rental regions are Iridium, Osmium, Palladium, Platinum, Rhodium, and Ruthenium (named after the platinum group metals.) Details Reservations must be made 2 weeks in advance and are on a first-come first-served basis. Residents must include a full description of the event when applying. Minimal rental period is 3 days. Residents are allowed to terraform the land and do not incur tier fees for temporary ownership of the land. Residents cannot transfer the land during the rental period. The original state of the regions will be saved immediately before the rental period. At the conclusion of the rental period, the regions will be restored. More information If you're interested in renting, please submit a Land and Region Issues ticket with the Region Request field set to Region Rental from our Support page. Additional information you'll need to submit includes: The number of regions you want Rental start and end dates Whether or not you need to be able to terraform the regions A full description of your event Invoicing for special orders If you are an educator, non-profits organization, Resident under 18 years old or a business entities that requires a formal invoice, then place your order for private regions with the Special Island Order Form. Use the special order form under these conditions: Orders for eligible educational institution or not-for-profit. There is no longer an educational discount, however, your status as an educator or non-profit does require verification, and there is a minimum initial purchase of five regions to qualify for invoicing. The five region minimum purchase requirement does not apply to currently-invoiced customers. For all under 18 Resident, non-Linden Home, land orders (requires parental/guardian approval if under 18). Note: users under the age of 18 cannot purchase Linden Homes. Any order requiring an invoice (payments by wire transfer, check or credit card). Specifically for business entities purchasing more than five regions (minimum requirement does not apply to currently invoiced customers) requiring a formal invoice/receipt or PO# type process. PO# not required at the time of ordering. If your purchase does not fall into these categories, then place your order at the Land Store. Note: All orders placed through the Special Island Order Form require advance payment of six or twelve months maintenance fees. Maintenance fees are added to your island order invoice based on the payment cycle chosen at a rate of $229.00. Payment is made from the invoice which is issued upon the delivery of your island. Your first invoice will include both the setup and the first cycle of maintenance. Where to get an invoice Second Life offers the invoicing option though the special orders selection in the Land Store. You can also access invoicing directly from specialorders.secondlife.com. Verification information You need to provide the following information to use the invoicing option. Please read the guidelines below carefully. If your questions are not answered by this document, please submit a Support ticket to request explanation (include "Education" in the ticket summary). Note: Second Life cannot provide invoicing option to Individuals, including educational professionals who wish to purchase a region for personal use or developers who wish to purchase a region for an institution. Approval and Private Region delivery Submitting an order does not obligate you to pay immediately; payment is made once the Private Region has been delivered and the invoice sent. When you place the order, you receive a sales order confirmation. This is merely an order confirmation, not a notice of delivery. Once you place the order, your order enters the approval queue. Once the order is approved, you receive an approval email and your order is placed in the delivery queue. After approval, delivery time under normal circumstances is 10-15 business days. You cannot make a payment until you receive an invoice, which you then have 30 days to pay. Invoices for maintenance are emailed when the payment schedule is ready for renewal. Warning: Late payment may result in the closure of your Private Region and the loss of any inventory it contains. You have access to your account in Netsuite (Second Life's special orders system) through the special ordering website. Note: Netsuite is a different website than secondlife.com. In your Netsuite account, you will be able to: View your sales order. Add your credit card information. Pay your invoice with a credit card. Payment Information You may pay via check, credit card or wire transfer. We neither accept Paypal nor use funds from your Second Life account to pay for your invoiced Private Region order. Note: Currently, VAT is not added to our invoiced orders, but we will inform you if this changes. Find out more about VAT and Second Life in Account balance. Wire Transfer See Account balance for more information on paying by wire transfer. You must pay your bank's wiring charges, which are added to your invoice total. Be sure to reference your invoice number in the wire details. Credit Card To pay by credit card: Log into your Netsuite account. You are directed to menu options. Select Make a Payment. All outstanding invoices appear. Move to the bottom of the page, where you may add your credit card information for payment of the invoices you select. Note: The list of outstanding invoices is not the sales order document. Check or Bank Draft Please submit a check or bank draft to: Linden Research Inc Dept. 34109 PO Box 39000 San Francisco CA 94111 USA Those who use Purchase Order numbers should send us the required vendor forms for completion. We will add the PO# to the invoice as soon as we receive it. Other useful information: Federal Tax ID#: 94-3364615 VAT #: EU826011179 You may choose to convert some of your Private Regions from one Private Region type to another. This article covers the different scenarios and costs associated with each possible conversion. Converting Regions For information on converting your Regions, please see our article on Converting Private Regions.
  19. 1 point
    Before you start Registering for and installing Second Life Your first steps inworld Basic skills Finding cool stuff to see and do Doing more Moving on In other languages: Deutsch Español Français Italiano Português Türkçe Русский 日本語 Before you start Important: You must install a standalone program, the Second Life Viewer, to enjoy the rich 3D content in Second Life. The installation process is quick and easy, but your computer must meet the System Requirements. Second Life will not run on systems that fail to meet these requirements. Registering for and installing Second Life Follow this quick three-step process to register for and install Second Life. 1. Choose your starting avatar and provide your account information Your avatar is how you will appear in Second Life. You can choose from a wide selection of avatars, and if you change your mind later, don't worry—you can select a different avatar any time you want! Once you learn Second Life, you can also customize your avatar to your heart's delight, or pick from a vast selection on the Second Life Marketplace. Your username is the account name that you use to log in to Second Life. It has to be unique, so you may not get to choose a simple or common name. Later, you can also choose a display name that everyone sees in addition to your username. For more information, see Usernames and Display names. Warning: Choose your username carefully! Once chosen, you can't change it. Although you can designate a "display name," your username will still be visible, and others may use it to refer to you. Fill in your remaining account details including your email address, date of birth, and password. Make sure to use a memorable security question in case you forget your password! Note: When you create your account, you will receive a message in your email asking you to verify your email address. Verify your address in order to receive offline messages from other Second Life Residents. 2. Choose your membership level Choose a free basic account, or sign up for a premium account for additional benefits. With a premium account, you get your own private Linden Home (if you're at least 18 years old), virtual currency rewards, exclusive virtual goods, and many other benefits. For more information on premium accounts, see Premium membership in the Second Life Knowledge Base. If you choose a basic account now, you can always upgrade to premium membership later. 3. Download and install Second Life To enjoy the rich 3D content in Second Life, you must download and install the Second Life Viewer, an application that runs on Windows and Mac OS. Most web browsers will download the installer automatically; if that does not happen, just click Download & Install Second Life. You may need to run the installer program manually after downloading. Your first steps inworld Now that you've registered for Second Life and installed the Second Life Viewer, you're ready to start your adventure in the virtual world—or "inworld," as we call it. Logging in Start the Second Life Viewer and then log in to Second Life by entering the username and password you selected when you registered. If you have problems logging in, see Login failure in the Second Life Knowledge Base. The first time you log in, you will be in an area known as Learning Island, set up especially for new users. Follow the signs and simple instructions to learn the basic skills you'll need. The following sections describe the most important parts of the Viewer and how to get the most out of your experience. To help you get going, I'll give you a quick introduction to the Second Life Viewer, the program you use to experience Second Life. Basic skills Some of the first things you'll want to learn how to do include: Walking Flying Changing your view Text chatting Changing your avatar Interacting with objects Finding out more about nearby people Controlling inworld media Walking There are four ways to make your avatar walk: Click to walk. Simply click on the ground at the point to which you want to go. If your mouse pointer turns into a hand instead of an arrow, you won't move but will instead interact with the object under your mouse pointer. See the Interacting with objects section. Use the arrow keys. The up-arrow ↑ and down-arrow ↓ keys walk you forward and backward, respectively. The left-arrow ← and right-arrow → keys turn you left and right, respectively. Use the W, S, A, and D keys. The W and S keys make you walk forward and backward. The A and D keys turn you left and right, respectively. Make sure you click inworld first so that the chat field doesn't have focus. Otherwise, you'll be typing chat text instead of walking. Click the Walk/Run/Fly button to open the Movement controls. You can click which direction you'd like your avatar to move, as well as toggle between walk, run, and fly modes. Running To run forward, simply double-click the W or up-arrow ↑ key. To run backward, double-click S or the down-arrow ↓ key. Flying Flying in Second Life is really fun, and it lets you move around much faster than you can by walking or running. To fly, press and hold the Page Up key or the E key. Press and hold the Page Down key or the C key to land. Use the same keys to move through the air as you do to walk. Note: Some regions don't allow flying. In these areas, you'll see this icon in the location bar and you won't be able to fly. Keyboard shortcuts See Keyboard shortcuts for a quick reference guide. Changing your view By default, your view is from directly behind and slightly above your avatar. However, it's often useful to see things from a different viewpoint! There are several ways to change your view: To rotate your view, click and drag anywhere on the world. NOTE: If your mouse pointer turns into a hand before you click, then you'll interact with the object instead of rotating your view. To zoom in, press and hold the Alt key, then click and drag your mouse; or use your mouse wheel. To orbit, press and hold the Alt and Control keys, then click and drag your mouse. Click the View button and use the controls, shown at left. To return to the default view, press the Esc key. Text chatting . Click the Chat button (by default in the bottom toolbar) to text chat with people nearby. Everyone within twenty meters of you will be able to see what you type. To shout, press Control-Enter instead of Enter after typing your chat text. Everyone within 100 meters will be able to see what you type. Click the triangle icon in the chat field to show recent chat history. Mouse over names in chat history and then click the icon for more options. Changing your avatar Click Avatar to change your avatar to one of the free provided avatars. You'll be able to choose from a wide variety of avatar looks. For information on customizing your avatar, see Editing your appearance. Interacting with objects To interact with any object you encounter, right-click it and select from the menu of actions and tools, as shown for example above. Some objects (such as furniture) automatically provide a "sit" icon when you mouse over them. Simply click on the object to sit on it. To stand up again, just click the Stand button that appears near the bottom of the window. If your mouse cursor turns into a hand when over an object, you may be able to interact with the object by clicking on it. In some cases, clicking performs an action (such as turning on a light switch); sometimes, the object displays a special menu that lets you select from a variety of actions. When you hover your mouse cursor over an object, you may also see an information box, for example as illustrated at left. Click on the icon for additional options. Finding out more about nearby people To find out about those nearby, mouse over their avatars and click the icon that appears. You'll get an information box with: Their avatar name and how long they've been in Second Life. Profile "biography" information (if they've added it). Voice chat volume control for that person only. A View full profile link t osee more options and information. See the Using Profiles section. Controlling inworld media Many areas in Second Life have music playing for ambience, or video displayed on an inworld surface. Use the controls in the upper right of the Viewer window to control the volume of the audio or, if you like, to turn it off entirely by de-selecting the box to the right. The Pause button to the left of the main volume control button allows you to start or stop streaming videos or media. You can cover your mouse over any streaming media playing inworld for additional controls. Mouse over any inworld surface displaying video or other media to show special media controls. Finding cool stuff to see and do Click Destinations to see the Second Life Destination Guide. Click on a category, then click on a destination in that category to teleport there immediately. Go to http://secondlife.com/destinations/ to see more categories and destinations. Doing more Once you become familiar with walking, flying, and the other basic functions, you may want to try: Using voice chat Making friends Seeing nearby people and friends Using profiles Using voice chat Tired of typing? Use voice chat to talk to nearby people. You'll need to set up a headset or speakers and a microphone. Using a headset avoids annoying echoes of your own voice. Generally, it's best to connect your audio devices before you start Second Life. After you have connected your headset (or speakers and microphone), you may need to configure your sound devices. To do this, choose Me > Preferences > Sound & Media. You'll be able to select your input and output devices and change your volume setting. Once you have configured your sound devices, simply click Speak to speak to those nearby. Click it again to turn off your microphone. If you're having trouble getting voice chat to work, see Voice chat FAQ. Note: Some regions disable voice chat. In these areas, the Speak button will be dimmed, and you won't be able to use voice chat. Voice dots You can tell if voice is enabled and working properly because you'll see a small white dot floating above your name tag, as shown below. If other people have voice enabled, they will have voice dots as well. Making friends To make someone your friend, mouse over their avatar, click the and choose View Full Profile, then click the Add Friend button. This person will receive a friendship request: if they accept it, then they will be on your friends list, and you will be on theirs. How to accept or decline a friendship offer When someone else offers you friendship, a dialog box appears in the lower-right corner of your screen. If you click Accept, your new friend receives on-screen notification that you have accepted the friendship offer. If you click Decline to cancel the offer, the other person receives a notification that you declined the friendship offer. Tip: Strike up a conversation or have some interaction before asking someone to be your friend—it's good manners! Seeing nearby people and friends Click the People button to open the People window, which has four tabs: NEARBY shows everyone within 100m of you. MY FRIENDS shows your friends list, with those currently online shown first. MY GROUPS shows information on your Second Life groups, which are like clubs. See Groups overview for more information. RECENT shows everyone with whom you recently communicated via instant message or group chat. In all of these tabs, a person's name appears dimmed if they are not currently online. Mouse over a person's name for additional options: Click to see more information about the person; then click View full profile for more options. The mini-map in the NEARBY tab shows a bird's eye view of the area you're in; the yellow dot shows your location, and the green dots represent other people. Zoom in and out with your mouse wheel or right-click the map for more options. Using profiles Click Me > Profile to edit your profile. Use your profile to express your personality and interests. You can also share things with your friends and see things they share with you, similar to social networking sites. You can link your Second Life profile with your accounts on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, and other popular social networks. To view someone else's profile, mouse over their avatar, click , then click View full profile. You'll be able to see the things they have allowed based on their privacy settings. To configure your privacy settings: Click Me > Profile Click Edit Profile to customize your profile settings. Click the Privacy tab. Tip: Want to add a profile picture? You'll need to save a snapshot to your PC first, or you can upload an existing snapshot. Adding a Profile picture is a great way to show off your avatar. (Remember, profile pictures must be General maturity!) Moving on Once you've mastered the basic skills covered in this article, you're ready to move on to learn the full richness of the Second Life experience. Have a look at the Second Life User's Guide. Most importantly, have fun!
  20. 1 point
    Creating a store Listing items for sale The Marketplace Listings window Version folders Stock folders Creating a new listing Changing versions of a listed item Changing the item associated with a listing Previewing your store Delivering items to the buyer Store managers Third-Party Viewer developer resources In other languages: Deutsch Español Français Italiano Português 日本語 This article explains the basics of how to get started as a merchant on the Second Life Marketplace. Once you are familiar with these steps, check out How to market your products for tips on how to make your business stand out, or learn about Managing your Marketplace store. Creating a store The first step to becoming a merchant is to create your store on the Second Life Marketplace. Your store is where customers can browse and purchase items you have listed for sale. Once a purchase is made, the items are delivered directly to the buyer's inventory in Second Life and the proceeds are added to your Linden dollar (L$) balance. To create your store: Make sure your Second Life account is at least five days old and has payment information on file. On any Marketplace page, click My Marketplace in the upper-right and click Create a Store. Read the Marketplace Terms of Service carefully, check I agree to the Second Life Marketplace Fee and Listing Policies, then scroll down to the bottom and click Continue. (Optional) Customize your store profile to make it more attractive and easier to find. Restart your Second Life Viewer before attempting to upload items to the Marketplace website. Listing items for sale Once you have set up your Marketplace store and restarted the Second Life Viewer, you can begin using the Marketplace Listings window to manage your store's inventory. Make sure you understand Second Life's next owner object permissions before listing your items for sale; these permissions allow you to control how your object may be copied or redistributed after you've sold it. The Marketplace Listings window Video Tutorial: Learning Listing, Version, & Stock Folders The Marketplace Listings window is an extension of your Second Life inventory that allows you to manage all inventory in your Second Life Marketplace store. By dragging and dropping items from your inventory window into the Marketplace Listings window, you can immediately begin setting up new listings, add updated versions of your existing products, and even list or unlist items on the Marketplace Store. You can access the Marketplace Listings window by choosing Me > Marketplace listings from the top menu bar of the Second Life Viewer. Version folders Each Marketplace Listing folder contains one or more version folders that allow you to easily manage updated versions of a product without creating a new listing. Version folders look like normal inventory folders with three lines drawn on them, like this: . Only one version folder may be active at a time for each listing; when a customer buys your product, they receive a copy of the active version folder and its contents. To activate a version folder for a Marketplace Listing, right-click the appropriate version folder and choose Activate. If a listing folder contains only one version folder, it is activated automatically. Currently active version folders are marked by the word "(active)". Note: When you drag objects from your regular inventory to a version folder, they are moved, not copied. This means that they no longer appear in your main inventory and will be lost permanently if deleted from their respective version folder. You may instead copy an item from your inventory to the Marketplace Listings window by right-clicking the item in your inventory and choosing Copy to Marketplace Listings. Stock folders You can use the Marketplace Listings window to sell a limited stock of no-copy items. No-copy items that you drag into the Marketplace Listings window are automatically placed into a stock folder. Stock folders look like normal inventory folders with a grid of squares on them, like this: . Stock folders also show the number of items they contain next to their names. For example, "Example Crate (stock=7)". Each stock folder must be inside a version folder, and represents the sale of a single item in the listing, even though there may be many items inside the stock folder. For example, if your active version folder consists of a copiable notecard and a stock folder containing 25 no-copy objects, each customer will receive a copy of the notecard and one randomly selected object from the stock folder until no items remain in the stock folder. The no-copy items within a stock folder must be of the same inventory type, but may have different names. For example, some identical limited-run items may have serial numbers written into their object names, but they can still be sold from the same stock folder. Note that while it is still possible to sell a limited quantity of copiable items using the appropriate listing field, the quantity of items available from a stock folder is determined by the number of items in the folder and cannot be changed using the Available quantity listing field. When a stock folder runs out of no-copy items, the Marketplace de-lists your listing and sends an email alert reminding you to add more units. Creating a new listing Video Tutorial: Creating a New Listing Follow these steps to create a listing for a new product on the Second Life Marketplace: Open the Marketplace Listings window in the Second Life Viewer by choosing Me > Marketplace listings from the top menu bar. Open your Inventory window by choosing Me > Inventory from the top menu bar. Drag your product from the Inventory window to the section of the Marketplace Listings window labeled Drop folders here to create new listings. It now appears under the Unassociated tab. Under the All or Unassociated tabs, right-click the listing folder containing your product and choose Create listing. The folder is moved to the Unlisted tab and now displays a listing number. Under the All or Unlisted tabs, the single version folder inside the listing folder is automatically made active. Right-click the listing folder or version folder and choose Edit listing to fill out the required listing fields on the Marketplace website. If you try to list your product before filling out the required listing fields, you will receive an error message explaining which fields still require input. Click the Update button to save your listing. On the All or Unlisted tab of the Marketplace Listings window, right-click the listing folder and choose List to list your product on the Second Life Marketplace. You may list or unlist items from the Marketplace website as well. Changing versions of a listed item Video Tutorial: Updating a Listing As you develop updates for your products, you can easily update your Marketplace listings with the new items without deleting the older versions: Open the Marketplace Listings window in the Second Life Viewer by choosing Me > Marketplace listings from the top menu bar. Open your Inventory window by choosing Me > Inventory from the top menu bar. Drag your updated product from your Inventory window to the listing folder for that product in the Marketplace Listings window; this creates a new, inactive version folder containing the updated product. Right-click the new folder and choose Activate to make it the active version folder for that listing. All new sales through the associated Marketplace listing will deliver products from the active version folder. At any time, you can revert your listing to sell a previous version of your product by right-clicking its version folder and choosing Activate. Changing the item associated with a listing Video Tutorial: Migrating Listings & Checking for Errors Under rare circumstances, you may need to completely change the item associated with a Marketplace listing. The most common reason for needing to change the item associated with a listing is accidental deletion of the inventory folder associated with a listing and need to re-associate items with an existing listing. To associate a listing folder with a pre-existing Marketplace listing: In the Second Life Viewer, choose Me> Marketplace listings. Find the listing number in parentheses next to your existing listing. For example, "Example Crate (3757)". Click the Unassociated tab of the Marketplace listings window. Right-click an unassociated item you wish to associate with your listing and choose Associate listing. In the Associate Listing window that appears, enter the listing ID of your existing listing and click OK. The unassociated item now replaces the existing item (if any) in the Marketplace listing. Note that changing the item associated with a listing in this way causes the item to become unlisted because you are replacing the active version folder. You will need to activate a new version folder and re-list the item as described in Creating a new listing. Previewing your store After you have listed at least one item, you can preview your store: On the Marketplace website, go to My Marketplace > My Store. This is how your customers see your store — but it also helps to browse the Marketplace as an alt to really walk in your customers' shoes. Important: To see items in your store that you have listed as Moderate or Adult content, make sure you set Show maturity levels to General, Moderate, Adult when you search! Delivering items to the buyer The Marketplace automatically delivers items for you. Occasionally, the delivery system fails, and a delivery gets lost on its way to the customer. If that happens, you can easily redeliver the item. Store managers A store manager is a Resident you have designated to manage some operations of your store in the Second Life Marketplace. Store managers can perform many of the same actions as the store owner, taking allowing them to take on some of the burden of managing your store. For full details on store managers, see Second Life Marketplace store managers. Third-Party Viewer developer resources There are two API wiki pages targeted at Third-Party Viewer developers. This API documentation is helpful for developers who want to integrate Marketplace features into their Third-Party Viewers, but is not necessary for most Marketplace merchants or their customers: Marketplace API for VMM AIS V3 API
  21. 1 point
    Requirements Creating an auction Re-scheduling an auction Cancelling an auction Completing an auction In other languages: Deutsch Español Français Italiano 日本語 Português Notice: As of October 14, 2019, new Resident-to-Resident auctions have been disabled while we make improvements. All existing auctions will be allowed to complete as originally scheduled. For more information, please see the official Second Life Blog. It is possible to create your own land auctions for individually owned parcels on the Second Life mainland. Requirements The parcel must be owned by an individual resident and the parcel must be on the mainland. Group owned parcels and parcels on private islands cannot be auctioned. Your parcel must also be marked Show in Search (see Place Pages for more information). Auctions can only be created by the parcel owner, and the owner must have a verified email address. Creating an auction Go to https://places.secondlife.com/ and click on My Places in the menu bar. Select a parcel to be auctioned and click Visit. This takes you to the Place Page for that parcel. Click the Auction This Parcel button in the left column. This takes you to the form to schedule the auction for this parcel. There are four fields, all required: Start Time: The time when the auction will begin, in Pacific Time Close Time: The time when the auction will end, in Pacific Time Starting Bid: The minimum bid required for the first bidder, in Linden dollars (L$) Bid Increment: The increment by which bids must be increased (for example, if the current bid is 500 and the bid increment is 10, then the next bid must be at least 510). Note: These fields are populated with default values, but you are free to adjust them. The following limitations apply: Start Time: Must be in the future, but cannot be scheduled more than four weeks in the future. Close Time: Must be at least 48 hours after the start time but auctions can last no more than one week. Starting Bid: The default starting bid is L$0.50 per parcel square meter, but you can change it to whatever you like. Bid Increment: The default bid increment is 10. Bid increment must be set in multiples of 10, and the maximum increment is 100. When you have set the desired values, click the Create Auction button. Your parcel then appears in the Scheduled Auctions list until the start time, and the Place Page indicates that an auction has been scheduled. After the start time, your parcel appears in the Open Auctions list and the bidding box appears on your parcel's Place Page. When you create the auction, the ownership of the parcel is transferred to a temporary holding account named AuctionServices Linden. You will no longer be listed as the owner. You will not be able to edit, cut, sell, or change the parcel in any way once you create the auction. If you cancel the auction, or if the auction completes without any bids, then the ownership of the parcel returns to you. Re-scheduling an auction At any time before the auction begins, you can change the scheduled times and bid amounts. When the auction has been scheduled but not started, a Re-Schedule This Auction button appears on the place page for the parcel owner. Clicking this button takes you back to the schedule form, where you can change any of the previously set values. Cancelling an auction You may cancel an auction at any time before it starts. You can also cancel an auction that has already begun as long as there are no bids. Simply click the Cancel This Auction button on the Place Page and then confirm cancellation on the next page. When you cancel the auction, the ownership of the parcel reverts back to you. Note: You cannot cancel an auction if it has received at least one bid. Completing an auction When the Close Time arrives, the auction is completed automatically. You receive an email notification that the auction has been completed, but no action is required on your part. Ownership of the parcel is transferred to the auction winner, and the winning bid amount (minus a 15% commission) is transferred to your account. If the auction closes without having received any bids, the ownership of the parcel is transferred back to you from Auction Services.
  22. 1 point
    In anderen Sprachen Zum 14. März 2018 wurde der Preis für jede Mainland-Landzuteilung um 10 % reduziert. Darüber hinaus erhalten Inhaber eines Premium-Kontos nun eine Bonus-Landzuteilung von 1024 m². Dies entspricht dem Doppelten der bisherigen 512 m². Preis- und Zuteilungsvergleich Bisherige Landstruktur Neue Landstruktur Gesamte Landzuteilung (m²) Preis (USD) Gesamte Landzuteilung (m²) Preis (USD) 512 Kostenlos mit Premium-Konto 1.024 Kostenlos mit Premium-Konto 1.024 5,00 $ 1.536 4,00 $ 1.536 8,00 $ 2.048 7,00 $ 2.560 15,00 $ 3.072 13,00 $ 4.608 25,00 $ 5.120 22,00 $ 8.704 40,00 $ 9.216 35,00 $ 16.896 75,00 $ 17.408 67,00 $ 33.280 125,00 $ 33.792 112,00 $ Nicht verfügbar Nicht verfügbar 49.152 150,00 $ 66.048 195,00 $ 66.560 175,00 $ Oberhalb des in dieser Tabelle angegebenen Maximums steigt die Landzuteilung in Viertel-Regions-Schritten zu je 44,00 $.
  23. 1 point
    What to do if you forget your password What to do if you forget your Second Life username Retrieve your name from your welcome email Retrieve your name from the Second Life website How to change your password How to change your email address What to do if your account is compromised What to do if you forget your password If you know your username but have forgotten your password, go to the password recovery page. Enter your username and click Send Instructions to have instructions on how to create a new password sent to the email address connected to the account . You'll need to answer the security question you chose when creating your Second Life account. Be sure to check your junk mail/spam folder. If you can't recall the answer to your security question or no longer have access to the e-mail account you provided, just contact Customer Support, preferably by opening a support case. You'll be asked to verify your identity and, working together, we can reset your security question. We apologize in advance that support cannot retrieve passwords. Luckily, this won't be an issue once we reset your security question. What to do if you forget your Second Life username The username you created during registration is required to login to the Second Life® virtual world. If you forget your username, you can retrieve it: From your welcome email From the Second Life website Note: If you forgot which email address you used when you registered, you can find out on the Contact Information page. You must have either your username or email address to recover your account credentials. Retrieve your name from your welcome email You provided an email address to register your account. A welcome email containing the Second Life username you created was sent to this address. To locate the email: Log into your email account and search your archives for "second life". Look for an email with your username in the subject line: "Welcome to Second Life, YOUR NAME!" Retrieve your name from the Second Life website Warning: If you registered multiple Second Life accounts with the same email address, you will be able to retrieve the username of only your first account. This is a known system limitation. Before you ever have to use this form, write down your usernames somewhere you'll remember! If you have forgotten your username or password: Click Login on the Second Life website. Click Forgot your login information? Under Forgot Your Name? enter your email address. Click Forgot Account Name. Your Second Life name will be sent to you shortly. How to change your password You can change your password, along with other account-related information, on your account page. To view your account page, log in and select Account > Account Summary from the top left side of the page. Click Account > Change Password to change your password. Your Second Life account is linked with an email address of your choosing, which is where things like announcements from Linden Lab and offline instant messages (if you have those enabled) are delivered. How to change your email address You can easily change your email address on the Second Life website: Login to your Dashboard. On the left, click Account, then click Change Email Settings. Enter a new email address after Enter your new email address. Confirm your new email address by entering it again after Confirm your new email address. Click Save Changes under Confirm your new email address. Shortly afterwards, your old email address will also receive a "Second Life Email Changed" email to confirm that the change was done by you, the actual account holder. Tip: Keep your account safe! Don't give your password out, and make sure your web browser's address bar shows secondlife.com to prevent being phished. What to do if your account is compromised Your account may have been compromised if: You can't access your account. You suddenly notice a reduced available balance on the payment source you have on file. If this happens, contact us immediately! Here's what to do: Go to the Second Life Help page and log in if you can. If you can't access your account, use the Forgot your login information? link on the right to recover your username and reset your password. Then log in. On the Second Life Help page page, click Submit a a Support Case. Under Issue Type, select Account Issue. A second dropdown appears. Under Account Issue, select Account Compromised. Fill in the rest of the fields as directed. Click Submit. Check your email for your case number. Call our fraud number: 800-860-6990. Once you do this, Linden Lab will place your account on hold and investigate the relevant transactions. This may take a few days. Once we have concluded the investigation, we'll send you an email explaining our conclusion and the action we will take. Note that all transactions involving Linden dollars are subject to Linden Lab's Terms of Service. Tip: Even if you are able to log into your account, we recommend that you change your password immediately to something secure and unique. Changing your password regularly is one good way to protect the safety of your account. For information on how to change your password, see the How to change your password section of this article.
  24. 1 point
    Introduction to avatars in Second Life Using the Avatar Picker to choose a pre-made avatar Customizing a classic style avatar Understanding and customizing rigged mesh-style avatars Getting a rigged mesh avatar from the Second Life Marketplace In other languages: Deutsch Español Français Italiano Português Русский Türkçe 日本語 Introduction to avatars in Second Life Your avatar is your representative in the world of Second Life. By controlling your avatar, you can explore, interact with the Second Life world, and communicate with other avatars controlled by Second Life users. Because avatars represent you, they are an important form of self-expression and the first thing many new users want to do after arriving in Second Life is customize their avatar's appearance. There are many, many options for customizing your look, and there is a huge market for user-designed body shapes, clothing, makeup, hairstyles, accessories, and even complete avatars. This article will help you take your first steps toward finding a style that you and your avatar can be proud of. Using the Avatar Picker to choose a pre-made avatar If you are not yet comfortable with Second Life's editing tools or don't have the time to shop for a custom avatar, the Avatar Picker provides a very easy interface for choosing a high quality, professionally designed avatar model. These avatars are provided by Second Life maker Linden Lab free of charge, and you can try as many as you want, whenever you want! To use one of these pre-made avatars, follow these steps: Select Me > Choose an avatar from the top menu bar in the Second Life window. In the Choose an Avatar window that opens, click a category tab to see a preview of avatars in that category. The available categories may change over time as new avatars are added or removed. Click the image of your desired avatar to immediately wear that avatar. Custom animation overriders and pre-made avatars Some avatars in the Avatar Picker use a scripted attachment called an animation overrider (AO for short) to replace Second Life's default avatar animations for moving, sitting, and standing idle. Under most circumstances, you won't need to interact with this attachment; it's a small invisible cube attached to your avatar's chest attachment point, and it overrides your avatar's animations automatically. When you start to customize your avatar with new clothing and attachments, you may find that a new attachment has replaced the AO on your avatar's chest attachment point, in which case your avatar will revert to using Second Life's default animations. You may also acquire a third-party AO from one of Second Life's many merchants, either individually or as part of a larger package. If multiple animation overriders are attached to your avatar, their scripts and animations can conflict and cause your avatar to move in undesirable ways. If you prefer to use a third-party AO or Second Life's default animations, you can remove a pre-made avatar's AO by doing the following: Click the Appearance button in the Second Life Viewer. Click the Wearing tab in the Appearance window that appears. Find the AO attachment in the list, which will be named differently depending upon which avatar you have chosen. It may be called: Animation Overrider - Female, Animation Overrider - Male, or Animation Overrider - Zombie. Right-click the name of the animation overrider and choose Detach to remove the AO. Customizing a classic style avatar It is important to know that customizing a "classic" avatar in Second Life works a bit differently than customizing other types of avatars. A classic avatar is a humanoid avatar that has been created and customized using a combination of the built-in body part sliders, texture-based clothing, and avatar attachments. Classic avatars give you a lot of control over the details of your avatar's appearance, but are not designed to take advantage of recent developments in computer graphics technology, such as rigged mesh or normal and specular mapping. For detailed information on how to edit the many parts and features of a classic avatar, see the article Customizing a classic style avatar. Understanding and customizing rigged mesh-style avatars In addition to the "classic" avatars, you have the option of selecting one of the many newer rigged mesh-style avatars. These consist of a custom 3D mesh character model that is worn as an attachment and overlaid on top of the skeleton of a classic avatar. The classic avatar itself is typically hidden by an alpha mask, but the uploaded 3D model still makes use of the classic avatar's joints and animations. This type of avatar allows 3D content creators to design models in a third-party tool such as Maya or Blender, allowing them to take advantage of the latest graphics updates to Second Life and create highly detailed human and non-humanoid avatar forms. However, due to their nature as an overlay on top of a hidden classic avatar, mesh avatars may not wear the texture-based clothing made for classic avatars. Mesh avatars may also have difficulty interacting with attachments, accessories or animations that were originally intended for classic avatars; for help finding appropriate clothing, see Buying clothing that fits your avatar. Getting a rigged mesh avatar from the Second Life Marketplace Because mesh avatars are designed by a variety of content creators, the process of obtaining and wearing a mesh avatar may vary greatly by merchant; the following is a generic scenario: Visit the Second Life Marketplace and purchase a mesh avatar. Make sure that the listing claims "Mesh: 100% Mesh" on the right side of the screen underneath Permissions. If your purchase came in a box, open and unpack the box as described in Opening boxes. If your purchase was not boxed, skip this step. Find the new folder in your inventory containing your purchase and read the included notecards. Most merchants include instructions on how to properly wear, customize, and operate their avatars. If no instructions are included, right-click the folder and choose Replace Current Outfit. This removes all attachments your avatar is wearing and replaces all parts of your avatar with the entire contents of the folder. Be aware that many mesh avatars come with interchangeable parts that should not be worn at the same time, so you may need to remove the duplicate attachments manually if you Replace Current Outfit. Tip: If at any time you feel you are unhappy with the outcome of your avatar modifications, you can start over with a fresh default avatar by choosing from the Avatar Picker.
  25. 1 point
    En otros idiomas Introducción a los avatares de Second Life Elección de un avatar prediseñado con el Selector de avatar Personalizar un avatar de estilo clásico Entender y personalizar los avatares de estilo de malla con rigging Comprar un avatar de malla con rigging en el Mercado de Second Life Introducción a los avatares de Second Life Tu avatar te representa en el mundo de Second Life. Es lo que te permite explorar el mundo de Second Life e interactuar con él, además de comunicarte con otros avatares controlados por otros usuarios de Second Life. Dado que los avatares son tu representación y son importantes para tu expresión personal, lo primero que hacen muchos usuarios cuando llegan por primera vez a Second Life es personalizar su aspecto. Tienes miles de posibilidades para personalizarlo, y hay un enorme mercado de formas corporales diseñadas por los usuarios, ropa, maquillaje, peinados, accesorios e incluso avatares completos. Este artículo te ayudará a dar los primeros pasos para encontrar un estilo del que tú y tu avatar puedan sentirse orgullosos. Elección de un avatar prediseñado con el Selector de avatar Si todavía no dominas las herramientas de edición de Second Life o no tienes tiempo para buscar el avatar que más te guste en las tiendas, el Selector de avatar te ofrece una interfaz muy sencilla para elegir un modelo de alta calidad con diseño profesional. Estos avatares te los proporciona sin coste alguno Linden Lab, el creador de Second Life, y puedes probarte todos los que quieras, cuando quieras. Sigue estos pasos para ponerte un avatar prediseñado: Selecciona Yo > Elige un avatar en la barra del menú superior de la ventana de Second Life. Se abrirá la ventana Elige un avatar, donde al pulsar las pestañas de las categorías aparecen las imágenes de los avatares que contienen. Cuando redactamos este artículo, las categorías disponibles eran Gente, Vampiros y Clásico. Pulsa la imagen de un avatar para ponértelo inmediatamente. Reemplazos animados personalizados y avatares pre-establecidos Algunos avatares en el Selector de avatar utilizan un adjunto programado llamado reemplazo animado (RA, abreviado) para reemplazar las animaciones por defecto de los avatares Second Life para moverse, sentarse y permanecer quieto. En la mayoría de los casos, no necesitarás interactuar con este adjunto; es un cuadrado pequeño e invisible adjunto al punto de anexo del pecho de tu avatar, y borra las animaciones de tu avatar automáticamente. Cuando empiezas a personalizar tu avatar con nuevas prendas y adjuntos, podrás ver que un nuevo adjunto reemplazó el RA en el punto de anexo del pecho de tu avatar, en tal caso, tu avatar regresará a la animación por defecto de Second Life. También puedes adquirir un RA de un tercero, a partir de los distintos comerciantes de Second Life, ya sea individualmente o como parte de un paquete más grande. Si varios reemplazos animados están adjuntos a tu avatar, sus programaciones y sus animaciones pueden entrar en conflicto y hacer que tu avatar se mueva en forma no deseada. Si prefieres utilizar un RA de un tercero, o las animaciones por defecto de Second Life, puedes eliminar un avatar RA prefabricado siguiendo los pasos a continuación: Cliquear en la opción Apariencia en el visor de Second Life. Cliquear en la pestaña Puesto en la ventana Apariencia que aparece. Busca el adjunto RA en la lista, que tendrá un nombre distinto según qué avatar escogiste. Puede llamarse: Reemplazo animado - Mujer, Reemplazo animado - Varón, o Reemplazo animado - Zombie. Haz un click derecho en el nombre del reemplazo animado y escoge Desadjuntar para quitar el RA. Personalizar un avatar de estilo clásico Es importante saber que un avatar "clásico" de Second Life no se personaliza exactamente de la misma manera que otros tipos de avatares. Un avatar clásico tiene aspecto humanoide y se ha creado y personalizado aplicando una combinación de los controladores deslizables de partes del cuerpo integradas, prendas texturizadas y anexos de avatar. Los avatares clásicos te ofrecen una libertad enorme para controlar los detalles del aspecto, pero no están preparados para sacar partido de los últimos avances en la tecnología de creación de gráficos informáticos, como la malla con rigging o la proyección normal y especular. Si quieres información más detallada sobre cómo editar las partes y características de un avatar clásico, lee el artículo Personalizar un avatar de estilo clásico. Entender y personalizar los avatares de estilo de malla con rigging Además de los avatares "clásicos", también puedes escoger uno de los muchos avatares de estilo de malla con rigging. Estos avatares están constituidos por un modelo de personaje de malla 3D personalizado que se coloca como un anexo encima del esqueleto de un avatar clásico. Normalmente el avatar clásico queda oculto por una capa Alfa, pero el modelo 3D de subida sigue utilizando las animaciones y articulaciones del avatar clásico. Gracias a este tipo de avatares los creadores de contenidos 3D pueden diseñar sus modelos con herramientas de terceros como Maya o Blender, que les permiten aplicar los últimos adelantos en el campo de los gráficos a Second Life y crear formas de avatar, sean humanos o no, con una gran riqueza de detalles. No obstante, dado que estos avatares son una capa superpuesta encima de un avatar clásico, es posible que algunos avatares de malla no puedan ponerse las prendas texturizadas creadas para los avatares clásicos. Los avatares de malla también pueden tener problemas para interactuar con algunos anexos, accesorios o animaciones diseñados originalmente para los avatares clásicos. Para que te resulte más fácil encontrar la ropa adecuada, lee Comprar la vestimenta adecuada para tu avatar. Comprar un avatar de malla con rigging en el Mercado de Second Life Dado que hay muchos creadores de contenido que diseñan avatares de malla, la forma de obtener y ponerte un avatar de malla puede ser distinta para cada comerciante. A continuación te explicamos una situación genérica: Visita el Mercado de Second Life y compra un avatar de malla. Asegúrate de que se indique "Malla 100% Malla" en el lado derecho de la pantalla, debajo de Permisos. Si has recibido la compra en una caja, abre la caja y desempaquétala como se explica en Abrir cajas. Omite este paso si no has recibido el avatar en una caja. Busca en tu inventario la nueva carpeta que contiene la compra y lee las notas adjuntas. La mayoría de los comerciantes incluyen instrucciones que explican cómo puedes ponerte, personalizar y manejar correctamente sus avatares. Si el tuyo no contiene instrucciones, pulsa con el botón derecho en la carpeta y elige Reemplazar el vestuario actual. De esta forma se quitarán todos los anexos y se sustituirán todas las partes del avatar con el contenido completo de la carpeta. Ten presente que muchos avatares de malla se entregan con partes intercambiables que no te puedes poner al mismo tiempo, por lo que posiblemente tengas que quitar los anexos duplicados manualmente cuando intentes Reemplazar el vestuario actual. Consejo: Si no te gusta cómo te quedan las modificaciones que has hecho a tu avatar, puedes empezar de nuevo con el avatar predeterminado seleccionándolo en el Sector de avatar.
  26. 1 point
    На других языках До начала игры Регистрация и установка Second Life Ваши первые шаги в игровом мире Основные умения Поиск особо интересного, на которое стоит посмотреть или попробовать Дополнительные возможности Далее До начала игры Важно: Для доступа ко всем возможностям трехмерного мира Second Life вам надо установить автономную программу Second Life Viewer. Установка выполняется легко и быстро, но ваш компьютер должен соответствовать системным требованиям. В системах, не удовлетворяющих этим требованиям, Second Life не будет работать. Регистрация и установка Second Life Для регистрации в мире Second Life и установки программы достаточно выполнить три простых действия. 1. Выберите исходный аватар и укажите данные аккаунта Ваш аватар будет представлять вас в Second Life. У вас есть широкий выбор аватаров и если вы передумаете, ничего страшного – вы можете поменять аватара в любое время! Когда вы освоитесь в Second Life, вы сможете самостоятельно изменить аватар по своему вкусу или воспользоваться выбором Торгового центра Second Life. Ваше имя пользователя – это имя аккаунта, которое вы указываете при входе в Second Life. Оно должно быть уникальным, поэтому вы не можете выбрать себе простое или распространенное имя. Позже вы также сможете выбрать отображаемое имя, которое будет видно всем в дополнение к вашему имени пользователя. Подробнее об этом см. Имена пользователей и Отображаемые имена. Предупреждение: При выборе имени пользователя будьте внимательны! Поменять выбранное имя уже нельзя. Несмотря на выбранное «отображаемое имя», ваше имя пользователя также будет отображаться на экране и другие игроки могут обращаться к вам по этому имени. Введите сведения о вашем аккаунте, в том числе адрес вашей электронной почты, дату рождения и пароль. Не забудьте ввести запоминающийся ответ на контрольный вопрос на случай, если вы забудете свой пароль! Примечание: При создании своего аккаунта вы получите по электронной почте сообщение с просьбой подтвердить адрес электронной почты. Подтвердите свой адрес, чтобы получать сообщения от других жителей Second Life без подключения к Интернету. 2. Выберите уровень членства Выберите бесплатный базовый аккаунт или подпишитесь на премиум-аккаунт, который обойдётся вам всего лишь в 6 долларов США в месяц. Вместе с премиум-аккаунтом вы получаете собственный Linden-дом (если вам уже исполнилось 18 лет), виртуальные денежные призы, эксклюзивные виртуальные товары и множество других услуг. Подробнее о премиум-аккаунтах см. Премиум-членство в Базе знаний Second Life. Сейчас вы можете выбрать базовый аккаунт, а затем в любое время повысить свой статус до премиум-членства. 3. Загрузить и установить Second Life Для доступа в трехмерный мир Second Life вам надо загрузить и установить Second Life Viewer – приложение, работающее в ОС Windows и Mac OS. В большинстве браузеров программа установки этого приложения загружается автоматически. Если этого не происходит, щелкните ссылку Загрузить и установить Second Life. Возможно, после загрузки потребуется запустить программу установки вручную, если она не запускается автоматически. Ваши первые шаги в игровом мире После регистрации в Second Life и установки приложения Second Life Viewer вы готовы к приключениям в виртуальном мире - или «игровом мире», как мы его называем. Вход Запустите приложение Second Life Viewer и выполните вход в Second Life. Для этого введите имя пользователя и пароль, выбранные вами при регистрации. Если при входе возникают проблемы см. Сбой при входе в Базе знаний Second Life. После первого входа вы попадаете на так называемый Остров обучения, специально созданный для новых пользователей. Здесь вы увидите знаки и простые инструкции, которые помогут вам получить первые необходимые навыки. Далее приведено описание наиболее важных частей приложения Viewer и ваших возможностей в виртуальном мире. Чтобы вам было легче их освоить, представляем краткое введение в Second Life Viewer – программу для получения опыта в Second Life. Основные умения Навыки, с которыми вы бы хотели ознакомиться в первую очередь, включают следующее: Ходьба Полет Изменение угла обзора Беседа в текстовом чате Изменение аватара Взаимодействие с объектами Получение сведений об окружающих вас людях Управление средствами мультимедиа в игровом мире Ходьба Для передвижения аватара у вас есть четыре возможности: Щелкнуть мышкой, чтобы начать ходьбу. Просто щелкните на экране в ту точку, куда вы хотите попасть. Если указатель мыши при этом из стрелки превращается в руку, то вместо ходьбы у вас появится возможность взаимодействия с объектом, находящимся под указателем мыши. См. раздел Взаимодействие с объектами. Используйте клавиши со стрелками. Нажимая клавиши со стрелкой вверх ↑ и со стрелкой вниз ↓, можно передвигаться соответственно вперед и назад. При нажатии клавиши со стрелкой влево ← или вправо → вы поворачиваетесь налево или направо. Использование клавишей W, S, A и D. Нажимая клавиши W и S, можно ходить вперед и назад. При нажатии клавиши A или D вы поворачиваетесь налево или направо соответственно. Но сначала щелкните любую точку в игровом мире, чтобы убрать курсор из поля чата. В противном случае вместо ходьбы вы будете вводить текст. Нажмите клавишу Ходьба/Бег/Полет , чтобы открыть органы управления движением. Щелчком вы можете указывать направление движения аватара, а также переключаться между режимами ходьбы, бега и полета. Бег Чтобы побежать вперед, просто дважды нажмите клавишу W или клавишу со стрелкой вверх ↑ . Чтобы побежать назад, дважды нажмите клавишу S или клавишу со стрелкой вниз ↓. Полет Полет в Second Life не только приносит настоящее удовольствие, но и позволяет достичь цели гораздо быстрее, чем при ходьбе или беге. Чтобы взлететь, нажмите и удерживайте клавишу Page Up или клавишу E. Для приземления нажмите и удерживайте клавишу Page Down или клавишу C. Для перемещения в воздухе используйте те же клавиши, что и при ходьбе. Примечание: В некоторых регионах полеты не разрешены. В таких областях в строке размещения вы увидите значок с указанием на невозможность полета. Горячие клавиши Перечень таких клавиш см. в статье Горячие клавиши. Изменение угла обзора По умолчанию ваш взгляд направлен из точки позади аватара и чуть выше его. Однако часто бывает полезно взглянуть на вещи с другого ракурса! Изменить угол обзора можно несколькими способами. Для поворота угла обзора щелкните на любой точке в мире и перетащите ее мышью. ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: Если указатель мыши перед щелчком из стрелки превращается в руку, вместо поворота угла обзора вы начнете взаимодействовать с объектом. Чтобы увеличить изображение, при нажатой клавише Alt щелкните и перетащите мышь или поверните колесико мыши. Для вращения угла обзора щелкните и перетащите мышь при нажатых клавишах Alt и Ctrl. Также можно нажать клавишу Вид и воспользоваться органами управления, приведёнными слева. Для возврата к обычному углу обзора нажмите клавишу Esc. Беседа в текстовом чате . Нажмите клавишу «Чат» (обычно она находится на нижней панели инструментов), чтобы отправить смс людям поблизости от вас. Текст, который вы вводите, увидят все в радиусе 20 метров. Для увеличения радиуса приёма вашего смс после ввода текста вместо Enter нажмите клавиши Ctrl-Enter . В этом случае текст вашего смс будет доступен в радиусе 100 метров. Для просмотра последних сообщений чата нажмите треугольный значок в области чата. Наведите мышь на имя собеседника в истории чата и щелкните значок для получения дополнительных опций. Изменение аватара Нажмите на клавишу Аватар для смены на одного из аватаров, предлагаемых бесплатно. Вы сможете выбрать из большого разнообразия образов аватара. О настройке своего аватара читайте в статье Изменение внешнего вида. Взаимодействие с объектами Для совершения каких-либо действий с найденным объектом щелкните по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выберите в меню нужное действие или инструмент, как это показано на рисунке выше. При наведении мыши на некоторые объекты (например, мебель) автоматически появляется значок «сесть». Чтобы сесть на этот объект, просто щелкните по нему. Чтобы снова встать, нажмите кнопку Встать, которая появляется в нижней части окна. Если при наведении на объект указатель мыши превращается в руку, то после щелчка клавишей мыши по объекту у вас появится возможность манипулировать им. В некоторых случаях щелчком мыши можно произвести какое-нибудь действие (например, включить свет), а в других случаях вызвать специальное меню с опциями множества команд. При наведении мыши на объект также может появиться информационное окно, такое, как показано слева. Щелкните значок для доступа к дополнительным командам. Получение сведений о людях рядом с вами Чтобы больше узнать о человеке рядом с вами, наведите мышь на его аватар и щелкните по появившемуся значку . Появится информационное окно со следующим содержанием: Имя аватара и его стаж в Second Life. «Биографические» данные профиля (если они указаны пользователем). Регулятор громкости голосового чата только для этого аватара. Ссылка Просмотреть полный профиль для получения дополнительных опций и информации. См. раздел Использование профилей. Управление средствами мультимедиа в игровом мире Во многих областях Second Life для создания атмосферы проигрывается музыка или проецируется видео на какой-либо части игрового мира. С помощью органов управления в верхнем правом углу окна Viewer можно регулировать громкость звука или при желании вообще отключить его, убрав галочку справа. С помощью кнопки Пауза слева от основного регулятора громкости можно начинать или приостанавливать воспроизведение видео или мультимедиа. Вы можете навести мышь на любое воспроизводимое в игровом мире мультимедиа для получения дополнительных возможностей регулировки. Наведите мышь на часть игрового мира, на котором воспроизводится видеоряд или другое мультимедиа, для получения доступа к органам управления отдельными аудио- и видеоприложениями. Поиск особо интересного, на которое стоит посмотреть или попробовать Нажмите клавишу Пункты назначения, чтобы открыть путеводитель Second Life по пунктам назначения. Выберите категорию, затем щелкните в ней на какой-либо пункт назначения и вас немедленно туда телепортируют. О разных категориях и пунктах можно прочитать на странице http://secondlife.com/destinations/. Другие возможности Когда вы научитесь хорошо ходить, летать и освоите другие основные функции, попробуйте: Поговорить в голосовом чате Завести друзей Узнать о людях рядом с вами и о своих друзьях Поработать с профилями Использование голосового чата Надоело набирать текст? Используйте голосовой чат, чтобы поболтать с людьми рядом с вами. Для этого вам понадобится гарнитура или колонки и микрофон. При использовании гарнитуры вас не будет доставать отражение собственного голоса. Желательно подключить аудиоустройства до запуска Second Life. Возможно, потребуется настройка подключенной гарнитуры (или колонок и микрофона). Для этого выберите команды меню Я > Настройки > Звук и мультимедиа. Затем можно будет выбрать входное и выходное устройства и установить уровень громкости. После настройки звуковых устройств просто нажмите на клавишу Говорить и начните разговаривать с окружающими. Чтобы выключить микрофон, нажмите на клавишу еще раз. При возникновении проблем с работой голосового чата обращайтесь к статье Голосовой чат – вопросы и ответы. Примечание: В некоторых регионах голосовой чат недоступен. При этом клавиша Говорить затеняется и не функционирует. Точки голоса Узнать, что голосовой чат доступен и работает нормально, можно по белой точке над вашим именем, как это показано на рисунке ниже. Доступность голосового чата у других людей также можно распознать по белым точкам. Знакомство с новыми друзьями Чтобы подружиться с кем-нибудь, наведите мышь на аватар вашего собеседника, щелкните значок и выберите команду Просмотреть полный профиль. Затем нажмите кнопку Добавить друга . Этот пользователь получит приглашение подружиться и если он примет его, то будет включен в список ваших друзей. В свою очередь, вы окажетесь в списке его друзей. Как принять или отклонить предложение о дружбе Когда кто-нибудь предлагает вам стать друзьями, в нижнем правом углу экрана у вас появляется диалоговое окно. При нажатии клавиши Принять ваш новый друг получает извещение о том, что вы приняли его предложение. При нажатии клавиши Отклонить другой пользователь получает извещение о том, что вы отклонили предложение стать друзьями. Совет: Прежде чем предлагать дружбу, сначала начните разговор или как-то привлеките внимание собеседника – как это принято по правилам хорошего тона. Информация о людях рядом с вами и о ваших друзьях При нажатии клавиши Люди открывается окно «Люди» с четырьмя вкладками: Вкладка РЯДОМ открывает список всех присутствующих в радиусе 100 м от вас. Вкладка МОИ ДРУЗЬЯ открывает список ваших друзей, причем первыми показаны лица, присутствующие в режиме онлайн. Вкладка МОИ ГРУППЫ предоставляет информацию о группах Second Life, которые являются своего рода клубами. Подробнее см. в статье Обзор групп . Вкладка ПОСЛЕДНИЕ открывает список ваших собеседников по текстовым сообщениям или по групповому чату за последнее время. На всех этих вкладках затенены имена людей, не присутствующие в режиме онлайн. При наведении мыши на имя пользователя появляются дополнительные опции: Щелкните значок для получения подробной информации о пользователе; затем выберите команду Просмотреть полный профиль для получения дополнительной информации. На мини-карте вкладки РЯДОМ с высоты птичьего полета показана область, в которой вы находитесь. Ваше местоположение отмечено желтой точкой, а зелеными точками обозначены другие люди. Изображение можно приблизить или удалить, вращая колесико мыши. Щелчок правой мыши на карте открывает меню с дополнительными опциями. Работа с профилями Чтобы изменить свой профиль, нажмите клавишу Я > Профиль. В профиле вы можете раскрыть свои личные характеристики и поделиться своими интересами. Здесь, как и в социальных сетях, можно также обмениваться с друзьями информацией. Ваш профиль Second Life можно связать с вашими аккаунтами в Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn и в других популярных социальных сетях. Чтобы посмотреть чей-нибудь профиль, наведите мышь на аватар вашего собеседника, щелкните значок и выберите команду Просмотреть полный профиль. Вам будет доступна только информация, разрешенная владельцем профиля для просмотра. Задать эти настройки для вашего профиля можно следующим образом: Нажмите клавишу Я >Профиль Для изменения настроек своего профиля нажмите клавишу Изменить профиль . Откройте вкладку Личное . Совет: Хотите добавить снимок к профилю? Вначале вам необходимо сохранить снимок на своем компьютере или загрузить уже имеющийся снимок. Добавление снимка к профилю – великолепный способ представить свой аватар в выгодном свете. (Помните, что снимки к профилю должны иметь критерий «Для общего доступа!) Далее После приобретения и совершенствования основных навыков, приведённых в этой статье, вы будете готовы к освоению большого разнообразия возможностей, предоставляемых в Second Life. Воспользуйтесь Руководством пользователя Second Life. И самое главное - получайте удовольствие!
  27. 1 point
    En otros idiomas Antes de empezar Registro e instalación de Second Life Tus primeros pasos en el mundo virtual Habilidades básicas Búsqueda de cosas interesantes para ver y hacer Otras cosas que puedes hacer Y por fin... Antes de empezar Importante: Para poder disfrutar de la gran variedad de contenidos 3D que te ofrece Second Life, debes instalar un programa independiente, el Visor de Second Life. La instalación es rápida y fácil, pero tu equipo debe cumplir los Requisitos del sistema. Second Life solo funcionará en tu equipo si cumple estos requisitos. Registro e instalación de Second Life Sigue este procedimiento en tres rápidos pasos para instalar Second Life y registrarte. 1. Elige tu avatar de inicio e indica la información de tu cuenta Tu avatar es cómo aparecerás en Second Life. Puedes elegir de una amplia selección de avatars, si después cambias de parecer, no te preocupes, ¡puedes elegir otro avatar cuando lo desees! Cuando aprendas a usar Second Life también podrás personalizar tu avatar totalmente a tu gusto o seleccionarlo entre la gran variedad de posibilidades que te ofrece el Mercado de Second Life. Tu nombre de usuario es el nombre de la cuenta que utilizas para iniciar sesión en Second Life. Tiene que ser un nombre único, de manera que procura elegir un nombre que no sea común ni demasiado sencillo. Después puedes elegir un nombre mostrado, que estará visible para todos los demás usuarios, además de tu nombre de usuario. Si deseas obtener más información, consulta Nombres de usuario y Nombres mostrados. Atención: Elige tu nombre de usuario con cuidado. Una vez elegido, no podrás cambiarlo. Aunque también puedes elegir un "nombre mostrado", tu nombre de usuario seguirá estando visible, y los demás podrán mencionarte con ese nombre. Completa los detalles de tu cuenta, incluyendo tu dirección email, fecha de nacimiento y contraseña. Asegúrate de utilizar una pregunta de seguridad que recuerdes en caso que olvides tu contraseña. Nota: Cuando crees tu cuenta, recibirás un mensaje en tu email pidiéndote que verifiques tu dirección email. Verifica tu dirección para recibir mensajes fuera de línea de otros Residentes Second Life. 2. Elige tu nivel de membresía Puedes elegir una cuenta básica gratuita o bien crear una cuenta Premium por solo 6 dólares al mes. Una cuenta Premium te da derecho a tu propio Hogar-Linden privado (si tienes por lo menos 18 años), bonus en moneda virtual, exclusivos bienes virtuales y a muchas otras ventajas. Si deseas más información sobre las cuentas Premium, consulta Cuentas Premium en la base de conocimientos de Second Life. Aunque elijas ahora una cuenta básica, más adelante podrás cambiarla a una cuenta Premium. 3. Descarga e instala Second Life. Para poder disfrutar de la gran variedad de contenidos 3D que te ofrece Second Life, debes descargar e instalar el Visor de Second Life, una aplicación que se ejecuta en Windows y Mac OS. La mayoría de los navegadores web descargan el programa de instalación automáticamente pero, si no es así, sólo tienes que pulsar en Descargar e instalar Second Life. Es posible que tengas que ejecutar el programa de instalación manualmente luego de la descargar. Tus primeros pasos en el mundo virtual Cuando te hayas registrado en Second Life y, tras instalar el Visor de Second Life, estarás listo para lanzarte a la aventura en el mundo virtual. Iniciar una sesión Abre el Visor de Second Life y después inicia sesión en Second Life, escribiendo el nombre de usuario y la contraseña que seleccionaste al registrarte. Si tienes algún problema para iniciar sesión, consulta Problemas de inicio de sesión en la base de conocimientos de Second Life. La primera vez que inicies sesión, llegarás a un lugar conocido como Isla de aprendizaje, un lugar creado especialmente para los usuarios nuevos. Sigue los carteles y las sencillas instrucciones para aprender las habilidades básicas que necesitas. En las próximas secciones explicamos las partes más importantes del Visor y cómo conseguir tener una experiencia óptima. Para ayudarte a empezar, te daremos una explicación rápida del Visor de Second Life, el programa que utilizarás para moverte en Second Life. Habilidades básicas Estas son algunas de las cosas que te interesa aprender en primer lugar: Caminar Volar Cambiar tu apariencia Chat de texto Cambiar tu avatar Interactuar con los objetos Buscar más información sobre las personas próximas Controlar los media del mundo virtual Caminar Puedes hacer caminar a tu avatar de cuatro maneras: Pulsa para caminar. Pulsa en el lugar al que desees ir. Si el puntero del ratón adopta la forma de una mano en lugar de una flecha, en vez de moverte podrás interactuar con el objeto debajo del puntero del ratón. Consulta la sección Interactuar con los objetos. Usa las flechas de cursor. Las flechas de cursor arriba ↑ y cursor abajo ↓ te hacen caminar hacia adelante y atrás, respectivamente. Las flechas de cursor izquierda ← y derecha → te hacen girar hacia la izquierda y la derecha, respectivamente. Usa las teclas W, S, A y D. Las teclas W y S te hacen caminar hacia adelante y atrás. Las teclas A y D sirven para girar a la izquierda y derecha, respectivamente. Para que no se active el campo de chat, asegúrate de pulsar primero en el mundo virtual. De lo contrario, en lugar de caminar escribirás texto de chat. Pulsa en Caminar/Correr/Volar para abrir el panel de control de movimientos. Puedes pulsar en la dirección hacia la cual deseas que tu avatar se desplace, y puedes también intercambiar entre los modos caminar, correr y volar. Correr Para correr hacia adelante, pulsa dos veces en la W o la flecha de cursor arriba ↑ . Para correr hacia atrás, pulsa dos veces en la S o la flecha de cursor abajo ↓ . Volar Volar en Second Life es muy entretenido y además te permite viajar con mucha más rapidez que caminando o corriendo. Para volar, mantén pulsada la tecla Re Pág o la tecla E. Mantén pulsada la tecla Av Pág o la tecla C para bajar. Para moverte en el aire, usa las mismas teclas que si estuvieras caminando. Nota: En algunas regiones no está permitido volar. Reconocerás estas regiones por este icono en la barra de ubicación , y porque no podrás volar. Atajos del teclado Puedes consultar una guía de referencia rápida en Atajos de teclado. Cambiar tu apariencia De forma predeterminada, tu cámara mira desde justo detrás y ligeramente por encima del avatar. No obstante, a veces puede convenirte ver las cosas desde otro punto de vista. Puedes cambiar la vista actual de varias formas diferentes: Para girar la vista, pulsa y arrastra el cursor a cualquier parte del mundo. NOTA: Si el puntero del ratón adopta la forma de una mano antes de pulsar, en lugar de girar la vista podrás interactuar con el objeto. Para acercar el zoom, mantén pulsada la tecla Alt y pulsa y arrastra el cursor o bien usa la rueda del ratón. Para orbitar, mantén pulsadas las teclas Alt y Control pulsa y arrastra el cursor. Pulsa el botón Visión y usa los controles que se muestran a la izquierda. Para volver a la vista predeterminada, pulsa la tecla Esc. Chat de texto . Pulsa el botón Chat (de forma predeterminada se encuentra en la barra de herramientas inferior) para comunicarte por chat de texto con las personas próximas. Podrán ver lo que escribas todos aquellos que se encuentren a veinte metros o menos de tu avatar. Para gritar, cuando termines de escribir el texto, pulsa Control-Enter en lugar de Enter . Podrán ver lo que has escrito todos aquellos que se encuentren a una distancia de 100 metros o menos. Pulsa en el icono de un triángulo invertido del campo de chat para mostrar el historial de chat reciente. Para ver más opciones, pasa el cursor del ratón sobre el historial de chat y pulsa en el icono . Cambiar tu avatar Pulsa en Avatar para cambiar tu avatar por uno de los avatares que te ofrecemos gratis. Puedes elegir entre una amplia selección de avatares de personas, animales, robots e incluso vehículos. Si deseas más información acerca de cómo personalizar tu avatar, consulta Modificar tu apariencia. Interactuar con objetos Para interactuar con los objetos con que te encuentres, pulsa con el botón derecho y selecciona una de las opciones del menú de acciones y herramientas, como se muestra en el ejemplo de arriba. Cuando pasas el cursor del ratón sobre algunos objetos (como los muebles), muestran automáticamente un icono de "sentarse" . Para sentarte en el objeto, pulsa el icono. Para volver a levantarte, pulsa el botón Levantarme de la parte inferior de la ventana. Si el cursor del ratón adopta la forma de una mano cuando lo pasas sobre un objeto, puedes interactuar con él pulsando en el objeto. En algunos casos, al pulsar en el objeto se realiza una acción (por ejemplo, encender una luz); otras veces, el objeto muestra un menú especial en el que puedes seleccionar varias acciones. Al pasar el cursor del ratón sobre un objeto también puede aparecer un cuadro de información, como el ilustrado a la izquierda. Pulsa en el icono para ver las opciones adicionales. Buscar más información sobre las personas próximas Si deseas más información sobre las personas próximas, pasa el cursor del ratón sobre su avatar y pulsa en el icono que aparece. Se abrirá un cuadro de información con: El nombre del avatar y cuánto tiempo ha estado en Second Life. Información "biográfica" del perfil (si la ha facilitado). Control del volumen del chat de voz, solamente para esa persona. Un link Ver perfil completo para ver más opciones e información. Consulta la sección Usar Perfiles. Controlar los media del mundo virtual En muchos lugares de Second Life ponen música para crear ambiente o proyectan vídeos sobre una superficie virtual. Con los mandos de la parte superior derecha de la ventana del Visor puedes controlar el volumen del audio o, si lo prefieres, apagar el sonido, desmarcando el casillero a la derecha. El botón Pausa a la derecha del botón de control del volumen principal te permite reproducir y detener videos o contenido multimedia. Puedes desplazar el cursor hacia cualquier contenido multimedia en el mundo virtual para ver más controles. Cuando veas un vídeo proyectado sobre una superficie, pasa el cursor del ratón para ver los controles de media especiales. Búsqueda de cosas interesantes para ver y hacer Pulsa en Destinos para ver la Guía de destinos de Second Life. Pulsa en una categoría y después en un destino de la categoría para teleportarte allí inmediatamente. Visita http://secondlife.com/destinations/ para ver más categorías y destinos. Otras cosas que puedes hacer Cuando ya sepas caminar, volar y usar otras funciones básicas, puedes intentar: Usar el chat de voz Hacer amigos Ver a los amigos y personas próximas Usar perfiles Usar el chat de voz ¿Estás cansado de escribir con el teclado? Usa el chat de voz para hablar con las personas que estén cerca de ti. Para ello necesitas unos auriculares o un micrófono y unos altavoces. Con los auriculares no escucharás el molesto eco de tu propia voz. En general, se recomienda conectar tus dispositivos audio antes de iniciar Second Life. Una vez conectados los auriculares (o el micrófono y los altavoces), puede que tengas que configurar los dispositivos de sonido. Para hacerlo, elige Yo > Preferencias > Sonido y Media Puedes seleccionar los dispositivos de entrada y salida, así como cambiar el ajuste de volumen. Una vez configurados los dispositivos de sonido, para hablar con las personas que estén cerca solo tienes que pulsar en Hablar. Pulsa otra vez para apagar el micrófono. Si tienes algún problema con el chat de voz, consulta P+F sobre el chat de voz. Nota: En algunas regiones no se puede utilizar el chat de voz. En estas regiones, el botón Hablar estará atenuado y no podrás usar el chat de voz. Puntos de voz Un punto blanco pequeño flotando encima de la etiqueta de tu nombre, como el que se muestra abajo, indica que la voz está activada y funciona correctamente. Todas las personas que han activado la voz tienen un punto de voz. Hacer amigos Para pedir a alguien que sea tu amigo, pasa el cursor del ratón sobre su avatar, pulsa en y elige Ver perfil completo, luego pulsa en el botón Añadir como amigo . Esta persona recibirá una solicitud de amistad. Si la acepta, se incluirá en tu lista de amigos y tú figurarás en la suya. Cómo aceptar o rechazar un ofrecimiento de amistad Si alguien quiere ser amigo tuyo, verás un cuadro de diálogo en la esquina inferior derecha de la pantalla. Si pulsas en Aceptar, tu nuevo amigo recibirá un aviso en pantalla para notificarle que has aceptado la petición de amistad. Si pulsas en Rechazar para cancelar la invitación, la otra persona recibirá un aviso en pantalla para notificarle que no has aceptado el ofrecimiento de amistad. Consejo: Antes de pedir a otra persona que sea amiga tuya, entabla una conversación con ella, ¡es cuestión de buenos modales! Ver a los amigos y personas próximas Pulsa el botón Gente para abrir la ventana del mismo nombre, que tiene cuatro pestañas: CERCANA muestra a todas las personas que se encuentran a 100 metros o menos de ti. MIS AMIGOS muestra tu lista de amigos, encabezada por aquellos que actualmente están conectados. MIS GRUPOS muestra información de tus grupos de Second Life, que son como los clubs. Puedes consultar más información en Resumen general de los grupos . RECIENTE muestra a todas las personas con las que te has comunicado recientemente por mensajería instantánea o por chat de grupo. En todas estas pestañas, los nombres de las personas que no están conectadas aparecen atenuados. Al pasar el cursor del ratón sobre el nombre de una persona aparecen más opciones: Pulsa en para ver más información sobre la persona; a continuación, pulsa en Ver perfil completo para ver un menú con acciones adicionales. El minimapa de la pestaña CERCANA presenta una vista panorámica del lugar donde te encuentras; el punto amarillo señala tu ubicación actual, y los puntos verdes representan a otras personas. Acerca y aleja el zoom con la rueda del ratón o pulsa con el botón derecho en el mapa para ver más opciones. Usar perfiles Haz clic en Yo > PERFIL para editar tu perfil. Utiliza tu perfil para expresar tu personalidad y tus intereses. También puedes compartir cosas con tus amigos y ver lo que ellos comparten contigo, de una forma parecida a las redes sociales. Puedes enlazar tu perfil de Second Life con tus cuentas en Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, y otras redes sociales conocidas. Para ver el perfil de otra persona, pasa el cursor de ratón sobre su avatar, pulsa en y después en Ver perfil completo. Puedes ver las cosas que te permita su configuración de privacidad. Para configurar tu privacidad: Haz clic en Yo > Perfil Pulsa en Editar el perfil para personalizar la configuración de tu perfil. Pulsa la pestaña Privacidad . Consejo: ¿Deseas agregar una imagen de perfil? Primero deberás guardar una imagen instantánea en tu PC o puedes subir una que ya tengas. Agregar una imagen de perfil es una buena manera de exponer tu avatar. (Recuerda que las imágenes de perfil deben ser de contenido General). Y por fin... Cuando domines las habilidades básicas que hemos explicado en este artículo, estarás preparado para lanzarte a conocer la gran riqueza de experiencias que puedes obtener en Second Life. Consulta la Guía del usuario de Second Life. Y, lo más importante, ¡pásatelo bien!
  28. 1 point
    Adding attachments to your avatar Editing attachments Removing attachments from your avatar Any object in your inventory can be attached to your avatar and worn as part of an outfit. Examples of attachments include customized hair, jewelry, shoes, weapons, and other accessories. Attachments may contain scripts, but they do not count against a land parcel's object limit. Adding attachments to your avatar The easiest way to add an attachment to your avatar is to click the Inventory button on the left side of the Viewer window, find ithe attachment in My Inventory, right-click it, and select Wear. This causes the object to attach to your avatar at its last known attachment point and rotation; if you position a hat object on your avatar's head and then remove it, it will reattach itself in the same location next time you wear it. If the object has never been attached to an avatar, choosing Wear attaches it to your avatar's right hand, replacing any attachment that is currently worn on that attachment point. If you wish to attach an object to a specific part of your avatar's body, find it in your inventory, right-click it, select Attach To, and then select an attachment point. Attachments move and rotate relative to the attachment point to which they are attached. For example, a wristwatch object attached to your avatar's left forearm moves with his arm, even if you use the Build Tools to edit its location. To wear multiple attachments on a single attachment point, find an additional attachment in your inventory, right-click it, and select Add or Attach To. Add works similarly to Wear but does not replace existing attachments. Editing attachments You can use the Build Tools to edit or adjust attachments on your avatar. However, some building options (such as linking and physics) are unavailable while the object is attached to your avatar. Residents commonly edit attachments in order to fit hair, clothing and accessories properly to their avatars' unique proportions. Removing attachments from your avatar To remove an attachment from your avatar, find it in your inventory, right-click it, and select Detach From Yourself. Objects worn by your avatar appear in bold text in your inventory along with a note showing where each object is attached. You can also right-click directly on the object and select Detach. Note: Remember that you can only remove objects made of prims; you cannot take off any body part but must replace one with another of the same kind, or edit the one you're wearing. For more information, see Editing your appearance.
  29. 1 point
    How to build objects Getting started Editing prims Using Shift-drag to copy objects Using the Copy selection feature Using the Content tab Linking objects Linking The Undo Feature In other languages: Français How to build objects This page presents a short "crash course" on building in the Second Life® virtual world. Getting started You can create objects only on land that permits building. Land that prohibits object creation is marked Building/dropping not allowed: when you are on such a parcel, you will see an icon at the top of your screen as shown in the image at right. To begin building: Right-click the ground and choose Build to open the Build window. You can also press Ctrl+4 or Ctrl+B or select Build from the top menu on your Viewer. In the Build window, choose the type of basic shape (or primitive) you wish to create, then click the location inworld where you wish to build it. The shape appears (typically with a resounding "whoosh" sound). Editing prims Use the Build window to move, resize, rotate and otherwise manipulate inworld objects. Tip: Checking Snap to grid in the Build window forces you to position objects on an arbitrary grid. This is helpful in making sure that objects line up correctly and are precisely spaced. The video tutorial below discusses working with the building grid, which is useful for precision in building. Topics include: Turning on the grid Adjusting grid increments Adjusting grid snap-to increments Altering grid length Snapping objects to the grid How to use the building grid from Torley on Vimeo. Moving Right-click an object and select Edit. This opens the Build window to the Object tab. Choose Move to enable the Position function. Click and drag the red/green/blue axes on an object to move it around. Clicking on the red (X), green (Y), and blue (Z) arrows lets you drag the object only along those axes. Rotating Right-clilck an object and select Edit. Choose Rotate in the Build window to bring up the rotation sphere. Click and drag anywhere within the sphere to rotate the object freely along all three axes. Click and drag a specific ring (red/green/blue) to rotate the object only around that axis. Resizing Right-clilck an object and select Edit. Choose Stretch from the Build window to bring up the sizing box. Click and drag one of the white corner boxes to scale the entire object proportionally. Click and drag a red, green or blue box to re-size a prim's length, width or height (respectively) without changing the other dimensions. If the Stretch Both Sides option is checked, the object's opposite corner moves in the opposite direction. If Stretch Both Sides is unchecked, the opposite corner remains in place. If the Stretch Textures option is checked, the object's textures are proportionally resized together with the object. If unchecked, the textures retain their original size. This means that if you are increasing the object's size, the textures repeat rather than stretching to fill the additional area. If you are downsizing, you will see only as much of the original texture as fits on the smaller object. Entering specific values Under the Object tab (shown above), enter specific X, Y, and Z coordinates to move, re-size, or rotate the object. Changes to these values are always based on the center of the object (the point where the red, green and blue axes meet). Advanced edits The Object tab offers several additional options for editing basic prim shapes. Here are some common examples: Path Cut (begin/end): Takes out a slice of the object along its Z axis. You can specify where the cut starts and ends. Hollow: Puts a hollow center in the object starting from the center of the shape and expanding out. You can specify what percentage of the radius is hollow. Twist (begin/end): Puts twists into the object, warping its shape as well as texture alignment. Taper: Reduces the size of the top or bottom sides (x or y axes, negative or positive) of the prim. Top Shear: Shifts (shears/skews) the top surface of the object away from the bottom. You can shift the X and Y axes separately. Dimple (begin/end): Cuts a hole in a sphere from ring of latitude (you specify the percentage) to the top or bottom of the Z axis. The dimple cuts straight to the origin of the object (leaving a cone-shaped hole). Three useful features You may find the following features useful as you build and move objects: Show Hidden Selection - Choose Build > Options > Show Hidden Selection to see the hidden contours and planes of a selected object. Show Light Radius for Selection - This feature shows the range of illumination for a lighted object. To use it: Right-click the desired object and select Edit > Features. Select the checkbox next to Light.The object is now a light source. Choose Build > Options > Show Light Radius for Selection to see how far the emitted light from the object travels. To adjust the distance of the object's emitted light, right-click it, select Edit > Features, and click the up and down arrows to increase or decrease the Radius. Show Selection Beam - The selection beam is the line of particles you see when you are pointing at and manipulating objects. The feature is on by default, but if you think it gets in the way, you can disable it: Choose Build > Options and uncheck Show Selection Beam. Using Shift-drag to copy objects You can Shift -drag to copy an object you have permission to copy. This isn't obviously stated in the build tools but is a popular way to copy objects. Here's a simple example: Right-click the ground and choose Build. Click the ground again to rez a generic cube. Right-click the cube and choose Edit. The positioning arrows appear. Hold down Shift , left-click one of the arrow heads, and drag the object. You're dragging the original, and a copy is left behind at the original location. Tip: If you use Build > Undo (Ctrl+Z) after Shift -dragging an object, the original snaps back to its original position — a creative use of selective Undo. You can do this to align it another way. Using the Copy selection feature Copy selection allows you to duplicate selected prims and align them adjacent to each other. For example, if you're copying sections of a wall and Shift -dragging to copy is proving tricky to fine-tune, you may want to take advantage of this alternative. To understand how this works, let's use a simple example: Right-click the ground and choose Build. Click the ground again to rez a generic cube. From the Build Tools window, select Create. Check Keep Tool selected so we can do the following steps repeatedly. Click the Copy selection checkbox. For now, check Center Copy and uncheck Rotate Copy. Now, click on the faces of the cube. Each time you do so, the cube is duplicated, aligned edge-to-edge with a previous cube. Here's what the options do: Center Copy - Copies are centered on the target object, which is useful for neat building in-a-line where you want objects to be aligned along an axis. Otherwise, objects will be placed edge-to-edge, but may be staggered or askew. Note that with curved prims like spheres, this means one of the copy's edges is touching the source, but isn't interpenetrating (overlapping). Rotate Copy - Copies rotate to match the target object, instead of the original values the source object has. This can make it easier to line up something that's already at an angle, such as a house's slanted roof. Using the Content tab If you have permission to modify an object, you ca use the Content tab to:: Drag any objects from your Inventory into the Content folder. Copy or move the contents of an object to your Inventory. Permanently delete objects from the Content folder. To add inventory to the object Content folder: Right-click the object inworld and choose Edit from the pie menu (or press Ctrl-3 and click on the object). Open the Content tab (click More if you can't see it). Drag the desired item from your Inventory into the Content folder. To remove objects from the Content folder: Right-click on the object inworld and choose Open from the pie menu. Use one of the following options: Open your Inventory and drag the contents to your Inventory window. Click Copy to Inventory. Click Copy and Wear. Note: If the contents have copy permissions, a copy is placed in your Inventory. If an object is (no copy), the object will leave the Contents folder and move to your Inventory. Select one or more objects (Ctrl-select more than one object), right-click and select Delete (or press the Delete key on your keyboard) to remove objects without placing them in your Inventory. Important: Objects that are not rezzed, but are instead deleted from a Content folder do not go to your Inventory Trash folder! They are permanently deleted. If the object is (no copy), be aware it will be gone if you select it and press the Delete key! Note: Unlike your own inventory, an object's inventory cannot have two items with the same name. If you copy an item with the same name as an existing item into the object's inventory, the new object will be renamed; e.g. object, object 1, object 2 etc. Linking objects You can link several primitives (prims) together to create one cohesive object. A linked object is, for all intents and purposes, considered one object. It has one name, acts as one object (for example, if physics are enabled on it), and it cannot be broken apart unless you Unlink it. However, a linked object still counts as the sum of its prims when determining your land's object limits. One prim of the object is considered the parent or root link. The name of the parent link is the name of the whole linked object. The inventory of the root prim is, for most purposes, the inventory of the whole object. The center (or origin) of the root prim is the center of the whole object, even if the root prim is not the physical center of the object itself. Vehicle scripts look at the root prim's orientation to determine the "front" of the vehicle. As a result, it is important which prim you select as the root prim. Linking Follow these steps to link together two or more prims: If you are not in the object Editor already, right-click any object and choose Edit, or open the Editor with Ctrl-3. With no object selected in the editor, hold down Shift and click on each prim you wish to link together, one at a time. Make the most important prim and/or scripted prim (root) the last one you select (such as the seat of a vehicle). Then, go to the Tools menu and select Link, or just press Ctrl-L. You can select Tools->Unlink or press Ctrl-Shift-L to break the object apart. Be aware of the following limitations: A linked object cannot exceed 54 meters in any dimension. Normally a linkset can have up to 256 prims; sitting avatars count as one prim each. Vehicles, or any physics-enabled object, cannot have more than 32 prims (sitting avatars don't count toward the physical prim limit). There is no nesting of linked groups. In other words, if you link a third object to two objects already linked and then unlink them it will not yield two groups but three. The Undo Feature Second Life's Undo is used to revert certain changes to an earlier state. While selecting an object, use Build > Undo, or the much quicker keyboard shortcut of Ctrl-Z. Watch this video to learn more: How to use Undo from Torley on Vimeo. Limitations Undo doesn't work if you have: Changed any of the texture settings on an object. (It won't switch back to the previous setting.) Deleted an object. (It won't bring it back inworld.) Added contents to an object. (If you drag a no-copy object from inventory into another object's contents, selecting Undo won't take it out.) This isn't all-inclusive; Undo generally doesn't work for most of an object's parameters. What does undo work on? Undo primarily reverts changes made to the position, size, and rotation of an object. For example, if you accidentally move a sofa inside a wall, undo snaps it back to where it was last. As shown in the video above, Undo can help you retrieve objects lost in walls. If you change the position, size, or rotation of an object using the numerical entry fields in the Build window's Object tab, you must click the object again to bring into focus and make Undo work. You can also use Undo when writing notecards or editing scripts; in this context, it functions similarly to a word processor's, and untypes what you last entered. Undo should also work on attachments. Please note that: Each object has its own independent "chain" of undos which remembers multiple steps. Since this data is stored on our servers, you should be able revert changes to objects inworld even after relogging. Remember that you must specifically select an object to undo changes to that object. (You'll see the positioning arrows and a yellow silhouette glow.)
  30. 1 point
    General tips for boosting performance The basics Optimize your preferences Don't display extraneous things Manage your antivirus software Troubleshooting tips Using the statistics bar General tips for boosting performance Tip: Maintain your computer by: Routinely removing unwanted files and programs from the system. Defragmenting your disk drive regularly. Using anti-Malware software to remove spyware, virues, and other malware. Follow the recommendations here to improve overall performance of Second Life and address many common problems. The basics Make sure your computer meets the Minimum system requirements. It's best to exceed them to prevent bottlenecks, since they are the bare minimum required to run Second Life. A slower processor, older video card, or low memory can contribute to slow frame rates. Make sure you have working drivers for your video card. Search the Second Life Community for posts on your video card. The latest driver is not always the best. Make sure your firewalls are properly configured. See Using Second Life with a firewall for more information. Check to see if your hard drive light is showing a lot of activity. If it is, your system may be running low on memory and using hard drive swap space instead, which is significantly slower. Based on statistics collected by Linden Lab: If you are using Windows 8, make sure you have upgraded to Windows 8.1. Our statistics show that Second Life crashes half as often on Windows 8.1 compared to Windows 8.0. If you are using Mac OSX, upgrade to 10.9.3. Our statistics show that 10.9.3 crashes one third less than 10.7.5. Use a 64-bit version of Windows if you can. Even though we don't offer a fully 64-bit viewer for Second Life as of July 2014, our statistics show that Second Life running on 64-bit operating systems crashes half as often as on 32-bit systems. Important: Second Life allows but does not support wireless connections. Always use a hardwired connection if possible. Optimize your display preferences Optimize your preferences to help Second Life run more efficiently. Try the following: Choose Me > Preferences Click on the Graphics tab. Move the Quality and speed slider to Low. Click the Advanced Settings button Move the settings on the Mesh detail sliders to "Mid" or "Low." Automatically playing music and media can be very demanding on some PC equipment. Use manual play instead: Choose Me > Preferences > Sound & Media Deselect Allow Media to auto-play. Review the rest of your preference settings disable any unused features: Choose Me > Preferences or press Ctrl-P). Try disabling settings such as Play typing animation, Name tags, and Arrow keys always move me. Even minor items can add up to significant improvements in performance. For more information, see Setting your preferences. Don't display extraneous things Make sure your Viewer is not displaying unnecessary information that may reduce performance: Choose World > Show> Advanced Menu. Choose Advanced > Highlighting and Visibility. Select Hide Particles. Also: Choose World > Show Disable Property Lines and Land Owners. This improves performance by eliminating gratuitous visual noise. Manage your antivirus software To prevent false cache virus alerts and improve texture cache performance, turn off virus scanning for the following directories and add them to the list of ignored (trusted) directories for Norton AntiVirus: The Second Life skins directory, C:\Program Files (x86)\SecondLifeViewer\skins. The Second Life cache directory. To determine this directory: Choose Me > Preferences. Choose the Advanced tab. Look for the Cache location setting. See also Technical overview of Second Life security. Troubleshooting tips If you followed the advice above and are still experiencing performance problems, try the following. Exit and restart Second Life. This often is enough to fix the problem. Clear the cache. The cache is where the Second Life Viewer stores data on your hard drive for later retrieval. To clear the cache: Choose Me > Preferences. Click the Advanced tab. Click Clear Cache. After you're prompted, restart the Viewer. Check the Lag Meter: Choose Advanced > Performance Tools > Lag Meter. The lag meter breaks lag down into Client, Network, and Server lag, with corresponding indicators for each lag type. Click >> to reveal descriptions and advice for solving any lag problems you are having. Try teleporting to a quieter area or one with fewer objects, to see if the situation improves. Disable antialising. Check your Ping Sim and Packet Loss values: Choose Advanced > Performance Tools > Statistics Bar to open the STATISTICS window. The ping values are the time (in milliseconds) it takes to reach the server from your computer. If this number is high, it could indicate a problem with your network or internet connection. If Packet Loss is a nonzero number, your network or ISP may be having issues. See Using the statistics bar for more information. Check to see if there is anything blocking your computer's ventilation ports, and make sure all the fans are working properly. Laptops in particular can get quite hot when placed on a flat surface, so you may want to try propping yours on a stand to increase airflow, or consider buying a cooling device like a "chill mat". Finally, if you've overclocked or made other modifications to your computer, disable them until you can attain stability. You can use tools like Prime95 to stress-test your computer independently of Second Life. Using the statistics bar The statistics bar presents a detailed list of information about the performance of your computer and Second Life. While the sheer amount of information can be confusing, knowing what to look for can tell you a lot about what's going on in Second Life. To view the Statistics Bar, choose Advanced > Performance Tools > Statistics Bar. Definitions of the various statistics can be found on the Second Life Wiki at Viewerhelp:Statistics.
  31. 1 point
    When to file an abuse report How to file an abuse report What happens when an abuse report is filed Retracting an abuse report Abuse through voice chat In other languages: Deutsch Español Français Português Italiano 日本語 Türkçe Pусский When to file an abuse report Abuse occurs when someone violates the Second Life Terms of Service (ToS) or the Community Standards (CS). Every Resident agrees to abide by these rules upon joining Second Life. Some special areas, such as Infohubs, have additional restrictions called the Welcome Area Guidelines. Whenever you see one of these rules being broken and you believe it to be intentional or malicious, everyone present at the scene should file an abuse report. If there are multiple incidents, file multiple reports. File reports on any abuse you witness in addition to abuse that targets you personally. Not every Resident is aware of the abuse-reporting system or remembers to use it, so please help out your fellow Residents! Reports from multiple people underscore the seriousness of an incident. More tips: If you're being pushed or thrown around by scripts, right-click on an object and choose Sit Here. This stops you from being moved. On combat/damage-enabled land, shooting someone with a weapon is not abuse. Look for a little red heart in the menu bar, which indicates your health. If you can see it, you're in a valid combat zone, and weapons fire is permitted. Your avatar can't die permanently: even if you lose all your health, you will simply be teleported back to your home location. Using weapons on non-combat land is usually abuse unless the landowner has clearly allowed it, for example in a role-playing game. If a friendship has gone sour, block the person and remove him or her from your friends list. This will also remove any permissions you may have granted them, like the ability to track you on the map. How to file an abuse report To file an abuse report, do any of the following: Choose Help > Report Abuse from the menus at the top of your Viewer window. To directly report another Resident, right-click their avatar and choose Report To directly report an object, right-click the object and select Manage > Report Abuse. The REPORT ABUSE window opens, displaying a snapshot of what is onscreen at that moment and the relevant identifying information if you selected an avatar or object. If the snapshot helps clarify the issue, check Use this screenshot. Screenshots can be very helpful visual evidence; include them whenever appropriate. If the report is about an avatar or object , click the button to fill in the relevant information automatically. Click Select category and choose a category. If you don't see a category for the particular incident you're reporting, use Select Category > Other and explain in the Details field. The Location of Abuse field is filled in automatically with your current location. Change to specify a different location. In the Summary field, write a concise, one-line summary, much like an email subject line. Be brief yet precise. Use the Details field to give as much pertinent information as possible to help Linden Lab assess the incident. Click Report Abuse to submit the abuse report. Tip: If you don't know the offender's name, choose "Governor Linden" as a placeholder and explain in the report details. What happens when an abuse report is filed You receive an automated response by email. If you need to add more information after submitting a report, please submit a new report. We try to resolve abuse issues as quickly as possible, but response times vary depending on the number of backlogged abuse reports. For privacy reasons, we are unable to share the details of an investigation into an abuse report. Once your report has been submitted, we'll take it from there. Often all it takes to curtail an issue is an official warning. In most cases, a Resident who violates our Terms of Service and/or Community Standards is given several opportunities to rectify his or her behavior before banishment occurs. In all cases, the Resident's discplinary record is reviewed to determine an appropriate response. Serious abuse may result in account suspensions or permanent bans. The length of a suspension is determined by the nature of the abuse, previous violations, and how many people are affected. Tip: If abusive behavior is persistent, file abuse reports for each incident. The disciplinary process works only if we are made aware of ongoingly abusive behavior. Retracting an abuse report If you file an abuse report and later realize that it was made in error, file a new abuse report stating that you do not want the initial one investigated. Provide any other information you think might be useful. Abuse through voice chat If someone is harrassing you through voice, the best solution is to block this person. You can file an abuse report, but it's difficult to provide concrete evidence in such situations, since there are no IM or chat transcripts. For commonsense reasons, we cannot accept recordings of voice chat made by other programs or by holding an audio recorder up to your speakers. There are a couple of ways to mute voice chat inworld: Right-click on the avatar and choose Block. Click the People button at the bottom of the Viewer to open the PEOPLE window. Open the NEARBY tab, select the avatar, and choose Block/Unblock. A small red icon will appear next to their name. Note: If you IM with, pay Linden dollars to, or give inventory to someone you have blocked, he or she is automatically un-blocked. For more information, see Blocking.
  32. 1 point
    Creating a notecard Sending a notecard Receiving a notecard Embedding items in a notecard How to stop notecard spam Creating a notecard In Second Life, notecards are a way to deliver detailed information that won't fit in a single IM (Instant Message). Notecards are often used as product manuals by merchants, but your inventory window's Notecards folder can also be used like an email box to send and receive long messages. In My Inventory, simply right-click anywhere and select New Notecard, or click the + button at the bottom of the window and select New Notecard. The New Note will pop up. Now, you should write something appropriate. When you're done, click Save and close the notecard by clicking the X. To rename the notecard, right-click it in your inventory, select Rename, and type in a more personalized title. Sending a notecard Now that you've written your notecard, you may want to send it to someone. If that person's avatar is standing nearby, simply drag the notecard from your inventory to the avatar. Otherwise: Right-click the notecard in your inventory and select Share. The CHOOSE RESIDENT window opens. If the recipient is your friend, click his or her name under Select a person. If the recipient is not on your Friends list, click the Search tab, type the name into the search field, and click Go. Click on the correct name in the list of search results. A window opens asking if you are sure you want to share your note with the Resident you've selected. If you're sure, click Ok. If the recipient is online, the notecard is received immediately. If not, it is stored to the person's inventory. Receiving a notecard Check for new notecards when you log in by opening the inventory window's Notecards folder. You can read any notecards inside by double-clicking on them. Embedding items in a notecard You can attach nearly any type of inventory item to a notecard. Attached images and landmarks can make a fabulous addition to informational notecards, and notecards-within-notecards can provide you with some interesting options for organizing your text. To attach an inventory item to your notecard: Open a notecard you own or create a new notecard. Make sure the item you wish to attach is fully permissive. The next owner permissions must allow copy, modify, and transfer. For more information, see Permissions on objects. Drag the item from the My Inventory window onto the Notecard window. You can drop in any kind of inventory item, excluding calling cards. The item appears as a hyperlink in the notecard. Tip: If Second Life does not allow you to drop the item into your notecard, make sure to check the permissions on the object. If applicable, also check the permissions on any inventory items contained inside the object. A notecard will only accept fully permissive attachments, so it is not a good idea to attach anything you do not want other people to copy. How to stop notecard spam In rare instances you may get spammed with notecards, so that notecard after notecard pops up on your screen. If this happens to you, select Block Owner from the dialogue box that offers you the notecard. Notecard spam is often caused unintenionally by scripting errors. However, intentional notecard spam constitutes abuse and is considered "Disturbing the Peace" by Second Life's Community Standards. If you believe you are being spammed deliberately (for instance, because the content of the notecards is vulgar or threatening), please use Help > Report Abuse to send an abuse report. See Filing an abuse report for more information.
  33. 1 point
    Second Life Share is also available for Facebook and Twitter. Opting in to Second Life Share for Flickr Adding and removing the Flickr toolbar button Uploading photos to Flickr from Second Life Opting out of Second Life Share for Flickr Opting in to Second Life Share for Flickr The first time you use SL Share for Flickr, we guide you through the process of opting in. Unless you disconnect your Second Life account from Flickr, you will not need to opt in again: Choose Communicate > Flickr... from the top menu bar to open the Upload to Flickr window. Click the Account tab of the Upload to Flickr window. Click the Connect button; this opens a browser window inside Second Life. Provide your Yahoo credentials as requested, then click Sign In to sign into your Flickr account. Review the permissions you will be granting Second Life in order to upload photos, then click OK, I'LL AUTHORIZE IT to complete the opt-in process. Adding and removing the Flickr toolbar button You can add a Flickr button to your toolbar in the Second Life Viewer, giving you easy access to the Upload to Flickr window: Select Communicate > Flickr... from the top menu bar in the Second Life Viewer. From the Toolbar buttons window, click and drag the Flickr button to the bottom or side edge of the Second Life Viewer window. Edges where you can drop the button are highlighted in blue when you pick up the button. You can now click the Flickr button to open the Upload to Flickr window. This button does the same thing as choosing Communicate > Flickr... from the top menu bar. To remove the Flickr button from your toolbar: Select Me > Toolbar buttons from the top menu bar in the Second Life Viewer. Click and drag the Flickr button from your toolbar onto the Toolbar buttons window to remove it from your toolbar. Uploading photos to Flickr from Second Life Select Communicate > Flickr... from the menu bar at the top of the Second Life Viewer window. Choose a resolution for the photo from the dropdown menu above the image preview. Choose a filter from the dropdown menu above the image preview. No Filter is selected by default. Write a title for your photo in the Title field. Write a short description of your photo in the Description field. You may automatically include your second life location in the description by checking the Include SL location at end of description box. Include any number of tags in the Tags field, separated by spaces. The tag "secondlife" is included by default. Choose a Flickr safety level from the Choose Flickr rating (required) dropdown menu. The safety level is a maturity filter similar to Second Life's maturity rating system, and the exact meaning of Flickr's ratings can be found on Flickr's website. Click Upload to upload your image to Flickr. Photo filters When uploading a photo, you may choose from several predefined filters to add fun and interesting effects to your photos in Second Life: No Filter 1970's Colors - Color correction to give a "vintage 1970" look Autocontrast - Automatic gray rebalancing from dark to bright based on the image luminosity histogram Black & White - Changes the photo to black and white Heat Wave - Adds an aged film effect and vignetting Intense - Intensifies all color saturation for a more cartoonish look Jules Verne - Changes the photo to black and white and adds video scan lines and distortion Lens Flare - Add colorize effects to simulate a film camera light leak and lens flare Miniature - Sharpen and blur regions selectively to give a "tilt shift" effect Newsprint - Use a black and white screening to simulate newspaper screening Overcast - Reduces intensity of colors Sepia - Color conversion to sepia tones and vignette for a retro look Spotlight - Burn the edges and dodge the center to focus the attention in the center of the image Toy Camera - Simulate the look and feel of a film toy camera through vignetting and edge blurring Video - Adds video scan lines for the look and feel of an old CRT screen Opting out of Second Life Share for Flickr If you have opted into Second Life Share for Flickr, you can opt out and disconnect the feature using the following procedure: Select Communicate > Flickr... from the menu bar at the top of the Second Life Viewer. Select the Account tab on the Upload to Flickr window. Click the Disconnect button. This disables the connection and deletes any related cookies. To re-enable SL Share for Flickr, you will need to provide your Yahoo credentials again.
  34. 1 point
    Maturity ratings overview What are maturity ratings? General Moderate Adult Setting your maturity preferences Maturity ratings and media access Voice and maturity ratings Gestures, sounds, and maturity ratings Examples Parcel media and maturity ratings Maturity ratings and search Web Search Second Life Search Classifieds Marketplace Viewer Search General Content Moderate Content Adult Content Classifieds, Events, Land Sales, Places People tab Groups tab FAQs I can't access all of the content checkboxes. Why are they unavailable? I'm getting an error and can only access General content. What do I do? How do I ensure my objects show up in search with the correct maturity rating? I don't see the Adult option in my Preferences. How do I activate it? In other languages: Deutsch Español Français Português Italiano 日本語 Русский Türkçe Maturity ratings overview Important: The Second Life maturity ratings are: General ("PG" in previous Viewers) Moderate ("Mature" in previous Viewers) Adult What are maturity ratings? Maturity ratings designate the type of content and behavior allowed in a region and affect search results. There are three maturity ratings in Second Life: General, Moderate, and Adult. General content is accessible by all Resident accounts, including those owned by individuals who are under 18 years of age. Moderate content is accessible by all Resident accounts over the age of 18 by default. To access Adult search results and regions, you must choose to activate Adult content in your Preferences and be at least 18 years old. For more information on how to access adult content, see Accessing Adult land and content. Note: Regardless of maturity rating, all content in Second Life must abide by our content guidelines. For the official content guidelines, including examples of prohibited content, please see Content Guidelines. General A region designated General is not allowed to advertise or make available content or activity that is sexually explicit, violent, or depicts nudity. Sexually-oriented objects such as "sex beds" or poseballs may not be located or sold in General regions. General regions are areas where you should feel free to say and do things that you would be comfortable saying and doing in front of your grandmother or a grade school class. Institutions such as universities, conference organizers, and real world businesses may wish to designate their regions as General. Likewise their users (and others) may wish to employ Second Life's General search setting to focus and filter search results appropriately. Some landowners and Residents desire a Second Life experience distinct from the activity that occurs in Moderate and Adult regions. Region owners who wish to host this sort of Second Life experience can (but need not) designate their regions as General. If you are a region owner and you feel there is some ambiguity as to whether your content and activities are allowed in General regions, it's probably best to designate your region as Moderate. Tip: Bookmark Community Standards and Terms of Service so you have the overall rules handy! Moderate Second Life's Moderate designation accommodates most of the non-adult activities common in Second Life. Dance clubs, bars, stores and malls, galleries, music venues, beaches, parks, and other spaces for socializing, creating, and learning all support a Moderate designation so long as they do not host publicly promoted adult activities or content and do not use adult search tags. Groups, events and classifieds that relate to this broad range of activities and themes generally should also be designated as Moderate. Residents in these spaces should therefore expect to see a variety of themes and content. Stores that sell a range of content that includes some "sexy" clothing or objects can generally reside in Moderate rather than Adult regions. Dance clubs that feature "burlesque" acts can also generally reside in Moderate regions as long as they don't promote sexual conduct, for instance through pose balls (whether in "backrooms" or more visible spaces). However if any of these businesses uses adult-oriented search tags, the region may be categorized as Adult and blocked from appearing in non-Adult search. Adult The Adult designation applies to Second Life regions that host, conduct, or display content that is sexually explicit, intensely violent, or depicts illicit drug use. A region must be designated Adult if it hosts, advertises, or publicly promotes: Representations of intensely violent acts, for example depicting death, torture, dismemberment or other severe bodily harm, whether or not photo-realistic (meaning that images either are or cannot be distinguished from a photograph). Photo-realistic nudity. Expressly sexually themed content, spaces or activities, whether or not photo-realistic. We broadly define what is "sexually themed" to include any sexually oriented activities and conduct. Groups, event listings and classified ads that reference these themes or content must also be designated Adult. Linden Lab will enforce these rules but cannot monitor all ephemeral content and conduct within Second Life. Therefore: Regions, groups, and event or classified ad listings that employ search tags plainly suggestive of adult behavior or content require the Adult designation, and will be viewable only by Residents that have opted-in and are at least 18 years old. Linden Lab will conduct proactive monitoring and rely on abuse reports that identify adult content or conduct that is promoted or advertised publicly. Where adult content or conduct on a region is publicly advertised or promoted, that region must be designated as Adult (or such content must be removed). We will re-designate such regions if adult content is not removed. Linden Lab may take into account whether apparent or reported adult content or conduct in a particular region serves only an extremely limited or passive function, or an important educational or cultural function, and therefore would be appropriate for all Second Life audiences. As with all reported activity in violation of our policies, we will actively review all reports of adult conduct and provide Residents with a channel for rebuttal. Parcels that host adult activities or contain adult content must be on: The adult mainland continent, Zindra. A private region that has been designated by its owner as Adult. Region owners are responsible for designating a region's maturity level. Occupants of regions will be expected to locate in a region suitable to each occupant's content and conduct. For more information on what qualifies as adult content, see Adult Content FAQ. Setting your maturity preferences Choose Me > Preferences and click on the General tab to choose the maturity rating of content you want to see. For more information, see Accessing Adult land and content. Maturity ratings and media access Your own maturity setting, as well as the maturity setting of land parcels near you, can affect your ability to hear sounds and voices. Voice and maturity ratings Regions that use the Adult maturity rating use a separate estate channel for voice communication. This means that if you are in an Adult region, you can only speak with other Residents who are also in nearby Adult regions. If you are in an Adult region and you stand near the border of a General or Moderate region, Residents in the other region cannot hear you speak, and you will be unable to hear them speak. Text chat crosses region borders normally, regardless of maturity ratings. Note: Group and private voice chats are not affected by region maturity ratings, and always function the same way regardless of your location. Gestures, sounds, and maturity ratings Gestures and other sounds played in Second Life are handled differently than voice chat; your personal maturity rating determines whether or not you are able to hear sounds originating from a Moderate or Adult region. Your personal maturity rating must meet or exceed the maturity rating on the region you wish to hear sounds from. Examples If your rating is set to General, you can only hear sounds and gestures that originate from a region that is also rated General. If your rating is set to Moderate, you can hear sounds and gestures that originate from regions that are rated General or Moderate. If you are at least 18 years old and your maturity rating is set to Adult, you can hear sounds and gestures originating from any nearby region, including Adult regions. Parcel media and maturity ratings By definition, Land parcel media is confined to the parcel for which it is set. If your avatar is not authorized to enter a land parcel, you cannot view or hear streaming media playing on that parcel. Maturity ratings and search The Second Life Viewer filters search results based upon your current maturity preferences and the maturity ratings of the discovered content, while the Second Life website shows only results with a General rating. Web Search You can locate content in Second Life from these web pages: Second Life Search - returns only General results Classifieds - returns only General results Marketplace - returns results based on your chosen maturity level if you are at least 18 years old. By default, all results returned on these web pages are for General maturity. Second Life Search Go to search.secondlife.com or click the Search button on the Second Life website to search for: People Places Events Groups Information on the Second Life Wiki Information on Secondlife.com After executing a search, choose a category tab on the left side of the page to filter results. Select Everything to search all categories. Results are ranked on both relevance to your search terms and on popularity of the item. While logged into the Second Life website, you can filter search results for General, Moderate,and Adult content by checking the respective boxes under the search field. Classifieds Log into the Second Life website and choose Community > Classifieds to browse the Community Classified ad listings. To narrow results: Click + More Options. Select a category from the dropdown. Select a maturity rating. By default this selection will match your preference in the Viewer. Click Submit. Only General classified ads are shown on the website; use the Viewer to browse Moderate or Adult listings if you are at least 18 years old. Marketplace When you search for product listings in the Second Life Marketplace, you can set a maturity level to restrict results. For more information, see Shopping in the Marketplace. Viewer Search Click the Search button on the toolbar to open the Second Life Search window. Enter a search term and click Search. The window has seven filters both on the left and in the dropdown menu, as shown below: By default, results for Everything are shown, drawing from People, Places, and Groups. Click on the other tabs to show only results of that type: Classifieds, Events, Destination Guide, Groups, Land & Rentals, People, and Places. Results are ranked according to relevance to the keyword and the popularity of the item. If you are at least 18 years old, you can also search for Adult content in addition to General and Moderate content by checking the appropriate Maturity box at the top left of the Second Life Search window. General Content If your preferences are set for General and Moderate or General, Moderate, Adult, you can still filter your search for General-only results. Check the General box on the search window. Type your search into the search field and click the Search button. General content includes listings on a General region that do not contain adult keywords. Moderate Content To include Moderate content in your search results, check the Moderate box in the search window. Moderate search results includes listings in a Moderate region that do not contain adult keywords. Adult Content To include adult content in your search results, check the Adult box in the search window. Anything on an Adult region is adult content. You must be at least 18 years old in order to search for adult content. You can help us refine our adult content filtering by submitting a support request if your listing is being blocked or showing up incorrectly. If you find search results listing objects that do not match General or Moderate search filters, please submit an Abuse Report. If you have objects on General or Moderate land that use adult keywords, those objects should not be shown in search, or they may have Abuse Reports filed against them. Classifieds, Events, Land Sales, Places Adult content search is available on these tabs when: You are at least 18 years old. You have enabled your adult preferences. You have checked the Adult content box in the search window. If you enter an adult term in search without having met the above three criteria, the search system filters this term from the search query and provides results using the remaining terms entered. Classifieds and Events Tabs New classifieds and events are filtered for maturity content. If you attempt to create a classified or event using adult terms on non-adult land, you will receive an error message. If you find a classified or event listing in an inappropriate maturity category through search, please file an abuse report. Land & Rentals and Places Tabs On these tabs: Check the General box to show only search results in General regions. Check the Moderate box to show search results in Moderate regions. Check the Adult box to show search results in Adult regions. People tab The search system does not filter keywords when you search for avatar names or profiles. Information in Resident profiles should be General. Please refer to our Community Standards for details. Groups tab The search system filters searches in the Groups tab the same way as in an Everything search. Groups can be marked as Moderate or left unchecked for non-Moderate groups. If a group's name or Group Charter uses adult keywords, the group appears only in Adult searches. FAQs I can't access all of the content checkboxes. Why are they unavailable? By default, Resident accounts of those over 18 years of age have access to General and Moderate content. If you are at least 18 years old, you can opt-in to seeing Adult content by setting your preferences to view content with the Adult designation. Account owners who are under the age of 18 only have access to General content. I'm getting an error and can only access General content. What do I do? If you're seeing the word "Error" on the Second Life Search page next to the maturity checkboxes and only the General checkbox is enabled, and you are not under the age of 18, your Viewer may not have sent the correct authorization token. To reset your authorization, close the Viewer and log back in. If you continue to receive the error, make sure you're using the latest version of the Second Life Viewer before filing a support request. Note: Third-party viewers may not support Moderate and Adult searching. For best results, use the official Second Life Viewer published by Linden Lab. How do I ensure my objects show up in search with the correct maturity rating? Tip: If your land appears in search results at a higher maturity level than you expected, it may be a sign that your content is inappropriate to the maturity rating of your region. Using language that is inappropriate to your region's maturity rating is against Second Life's Terms of Service and can result in disciplinary action. Information about the region you're in, including region name, coordinates, maturity, and parcel name are located at the top of your Viewer. If your region is listed as General, make sure any objects you set to show in search are also General. If your region is listed as Moderate and you would like to show Moderate objects in search, check the Moderate Content box in the ABOUT LAND window's OPTIONS tab. I don't see the Adult option in my Preferences. How do I activate it? You must be at least 18 years old to access the Adult setting. If you are 18 years of age or more, and you don't see an Adult option in your Preferences, please see Accessing Adult land and content for more information. You may need to contact our Support team for assistance.
  35. 1 point
    Overview Obtaining grandfathered pricing Region transfers Limited-time "buy down" event How to participate in the buy down event Overview Some older Regions have "grandfathered" or discounted pricing on their monthly maintenance fees. In 2010, we raised the maintenance fees of private Regions to match the increased costs of newer and more powerful server hardware to run new Regions, but allowed existing Region owners to continue paying the original lower monthly rate. While grandfathered pricing was originally a bonus for existing Region owners in 2010, there are options available for those who wish to obtain a grandfathered Region by other means. Obtaining grandfathered pricing Many grandfathered Regions were obtained before February 2010 and have simply retained their original pricing. However, there are ways to obtain a Region with grandfathered pricing, such as a Region transfer or special promotional offer. Region transfers As of November, 2015, you may transfer grandfathered-priced Regions in accordance with the transfer pricing schedule. We are unable to swap the price of a current grandfathered Region with a non-grandfathered Region. Grandfathered pricing stays with the Region for the life of the Region or until it is transferred or converted. If a grandfathered Region is abandoned and subsequently reactivated, its maintenance fee is updated to the current monthly rate for its Region type. Limited-time "buy down" event For a limited time in 2016, we offered a chance to "buy down" the maintenance fees on your existing Regions. By paying a one-time fee, you could take advantage of grandfathered maintenance rates for the lifetime of your Region. The pricing for this offer was as follows: For a full Region: One-time buy-down fee: $600 Grandfathered monthly maintenance fee: $195 each month (regularly $295 each month) On May 29, 2019, the maintenance fee was announced to be lowered to $179 each month (in accordance with a decrease in maintenance fees across several full private region offerings). For a Homestead Region: One-time buy-down fee: $180 Grandfathered maintenance fee: $95 each month (regularly $125 each month) If you plan to keep your Regions for longer than six months, this offer is a great deal! Note: This offer cannot be combined with our Education and Non-Profit discount program, and cannot be applied to Skill Gaming Regions. How to participate in the buy down event This offer has ended as of 11:59PM PDT on October 4, 2016.
  36. 1 point
    What are themed private regions? How much do themed private regions cost? Themed Full Regions Themed Homestead Regions Why is Linden Lab selling themed regions? Don't themed regions compete with builders and estate owners? When will you offer us the opportunity to participate? Themed Private Regions are available in the Land Store for your convenience and delight. What are themed private regions? Each themed private region contains a ready-made build which has been optimized to get you started on your new land in minutes, and which you can modify further to your liking. All themes are available as Full Regions, and most as Homestead Regions. Themed regions are not available as Openspace Regions due to the number of objects they contain. The following chart compares the different types of themed region: Region Name Description Full Region Homestead Openspace Baronial Castle Imposing mountaintop residence, complete with tavern, boat and dungeon. Host the royal ball or role-playing fantasy game you've been waiting for, or have your friends over for an intimate chat in the tavern. X X Moobase What mysteries await you in space? Includes spacesuits, moonbuggies and shuttlecraft. X X Conference Center Host your next meeting on a secluded island. Includes media screens and adjustable furniture. X X Theater A fully functioning theatre that hosts up to 100 avatars. Especially designed for music, performances and presentations with chat that can be heard even in the back row! Full Region Only. X How much do themed private regions cost? Themed Full Regions Setup fee: USD$629 Monthly maintenance fee: USD$229 Themed Homestead Regions Setup fee: USD$250 Monthly maintenance fee: USD$109 Setup fees for Themed Private Regions are slightly higher than undeveloped Private Regions, but monthly maintenance fees are the same. For more information, see the Private Region FAQ. Why is Linden Lab selling themed regions? Many Residents don't fully understand how owning land can enhance their Second Life experience. In addition, potential owners are daunted by the prospect of learning the tools and skills required to shape the land to their vision. With that in mind, we provide a basic set of islands with existing content to make it easy and simple to get started with land in Second Life. Don't themed regions compete with builders and estate owners? No, they don't. By expanding the market for land, there's more opportunity for everyone, including: Estate owners who rent Builders who create more content for these regions Solution providers who offer theatre or conference centers for their corporate clients When will you offer us the opportunity to participate? We don't have a date available at this time. But we won't be rolling out further Linden themes until our community can participate. More information will be made available once the program is fully designed.
  37. 1 point
    General Tab Covenant Tab Objects Tab Options Tab Allow other Residents to Land Options Media Tab Access Tab About Land Video Tutorial Owning land lets you control what happens on that land. You can prevent others from visiting or building there, change the shape of the land, subdivide and sell it, and much more. The About Land window in the Second Life® Viewer lets you access most of your land's functions, and gives you more information about the land you own. There are 3 ways to open the About Land window: World > About Land. Right-click on your land and select About Land. Click the parcel name near the top-center of the screen. There are several different tabs in the About Land window: General Covenant Objects Options Media Access General Tab This tab displays basic information about your land (name and description), as well as controls to deed and sell your land. Name - The name shown for the parcel. This name will also appear in Search window results if you choose to list your land. (See Show Place in Search below.) Description - Additional words to describe your parcel. The description will also appear in Search results, enabling your land to be found easier. Owner - On your land, this is you. If you've deeded land to a group, the group is the owner. See "How do I deed land to a group?" Group - The group associated with the land. Click Set to change the group. Setting land to a group without fully deeding it can help you control group members' ability to build there without allowing non-members to build. Allow Deed to Group - Select this and the Deed button to deed the land to the currently selected group. Owner Makes Contribution With Deed - Check this box to give the group a "contribution" from your land use fees, so the group can own the land. Confused? See "How does group-owned land work?" and "How do I change or remove group land contributions?" Sell Land - Clicking this sets your land for sale at the price listed, to the person listed (or anyone if no name is chosen). Don't click this until you're ready to close the deal! After you click Sell Land, you'll need to confirm 4 steps: Set a price - Enter what you think is a fair market price. Be sure to do research so you don't regret your choice. Sell the land to - Click select one to choose whether your land can be bought by anyone, or click Specific user to bring up a Choose Resident window which will allow you to specify one person. Doing this restricts the land to only being bought by this individual. Sell the objects with the land? - Click No, keep ownership of objects to do just that. Click Yes, sell objects with land to transfer all objects you own on the land to the buyer after purchase. This option only transfers objects with the same owner as the land, and won't transfer objects owned by someone else. Obviously, it won't transfer objects with no-transfer permissions either. Click Show Objects to see exactly what will be transferred. When the above is has been taken care of and you've verified everything's how you want it, click Set Land For Sale. Claimed - When this parcel was last acquired, which is usually the result of a sale or subdivision. Area - The parcel's size in square meters. Traffic - An abstract representation of the amount of time Residents have spent on your land in the past day. See "What is traffic (formerly known as dwell)?" Buy Land - Click this button to buy the land for yourself. Buy For Group - Click this button to purchase the land for a group after setting your tag to that group. Here's how: Click Communicate button at the bottom of the Viewer window. Click the Groups tab near the top. Click the group for which you want to buy the land. Click Activate and it'll turn bold. If you have group tags visible, you'll see the tag above your avatar's head. The group will be the owner of the land, and must already have enough contributions to own the land. Buy Pass - If your access to this land is restricted, you can click this button to buy an access pass, letting you enter the land for the amount of time for which the pass is good. This is fairly uncommon. Abandon Land - This option revokes all ownership to the land, setting it back to the owner of the Region (on the mainland, that would be Linden Lab under the name "Governor Linden"). Don't abandon land if you want to keep it or give it to someone else! If you own and are on your Private Region, this button becomes Reclaim Land. Covenant Tab This tab contains information about the Region's covenant. Private Estate owners can create a covenant in order to establish a set of rules when selling or renting their estates to tenants. Region - The name of the Region the parcel is located in. Estate - The name of the estate the Region is in. More than one Region may be included in a single Estate. Estate Owner - The owner of the Estate the Region is in. In addition, Estate owners may decide whether or not purchased land in the Region may be resold or subdivided. For more information about how covenants work, see "Estate (Private Island) Covenants". Objects Tab This tab contains information about the objects that are on your land, and on land you own within the Region. 'Simulator primitive usage - The total number of prims (short for "primitive objects") currently on all parcels you own in this Region, as well as the total allowed on those parcels. An object can be a single prim or multiple prims linked together in a complex form, like a house. If you don't own the land, this is the total for that landowner. If a landowner has several parcels in a Region and you buy one of them, refer to Primitives p'arcel supports. 'Primitives p'arcel supports - The number of prims that can be placed on this single parcel of land. If you purchase this land, this is the amount of additional prim usage you'll gain. Primitives on parcel - A breakdown of the total number of prims on this parcel: Owned by parcel owner shows the owner's prims, or prims deeded to the group on group-owned land. Set to group shows prims owned by group members that are Set to the same group the parcel is set to or owned by. (Group members may have prims set to a different group that isn't shown here) Owned by others includes prims owned by other people, and group-member prims that aren't set to the same group. Selected / sat upon shows the number of prims in objects that are currently selected or sat upon by an avatar. Selected and sat-upon objects (like chairs and vehicles) do not count against the parcel's maximum prim limit. This is usually a fluctuating count depending on parcel activity, such as if you're holding a meeting with multiple avatars sitting down, or building a tower and selecting objects. For Owned by parcel owner, Set to group, and Owned by others, you can click Show next to each tally to view exactly which objects are included. You can click Return to irreversibly return all objects in one of these categories. Warning: Don't do this if you're not sure what you're doing -- mass object returns are generally only done in scenarios such as moving to other land or starting over with a clean slate. Autoreturn other Residents' objects - Objects owned by others that are on the parcel after this period of time are returned automatically. "0" means autoreturn is off. This is useful for keeping your parcel litter-free. Warning: On group land, be extremely careful you don't set an autoreturn time on if objects aren't correctly set to group. Otherwise, those objects will be immediately sent back to their owners when the autoreturn time is reached, possibly destroying work-in-progress. There is no undo for returns. Object Owners - Click Refresh List to show a list of object owners. You can click on a specific name and click Return objects and return their objects automatically, which is useful if someone griefed you. Warning: Be extremely careful you don't return the wrong person's stuff. Options Tab This tab lets you determine what can and can't be done on your land. Allow other Residents to Edit Terrain - If checked, anyone can terraform your land. It's best to leave this unchecked, as you can always shape your own land. Create Landmarks - Checking this lets others create a landmark, which serves as a bookmark to the land. Usually best left on -- if you want privacy, see Access controls below. Fly - If checked, other Residents can fly on your land. If unchecked, they can fly into and over your land but they can't start to fly once they've touched the ground. Create Objects - If checked, allows for objects to be created and edited on your land by others. The owner can always create objects on their land. You can specify whether all Residents can do this, or restrict it to the group set in the General tab. Object Entry - If checked, allows objects from other Residents to enter your parcel. For example, a crate that gets pushed over. You can specify whether all Residents can do this, or restrict it to the group set in the General tab. Run Scripts - If checked, allows scripted objects owned by others to run on your land. Leaving this unchecked can help prevent others from doing things like firing scripted weapons on your land. You can specify whether all Residents can do this, or restrict it to the group set in the General tab. Land Options Safe (no damage) - If checked, damage combat is disabled. If cleared, damage combat is enabled and a heart indicating health appears at the top of the Viewer window. Health is reduced by physical collisions such as falling from a great height or being shot by a gun. If you "die", you're teleported home. You can't die permanently in Second Life. No Pushing - If checked, prevents scripts from pushing. Checking this option is useful for preventing disruptive behavior on your land. Show in Search (L$30/week) - If checked, your land will appear in the Search window's All and Places tabs for L$30 a week. If you enable this, be sure to also select the category you want your land to be listed under (Shopping, Hangout, Educational, and so on). Mature Content - Select this checkbox if your land contains mature content. See "What is the difference between PG and Mature land?" Snapshot - Click on the thumbnail box to select an image from the textures in your inventory. This picture will show up in multiple places, such as in the Search window's All, Land Sales, and Places tabs. Landing Point - Set a landing point where people will arrive if visiting your land. Click Set to place the landing point where you're standing. This is where people will be directed to if they teleport to your land, including from Search. For example, if you're building a space station, you can set the landing point high in the sky so people don't get lost on the ground looking for it. Known issue Landing Point doesn't take into account the direction your avatar is facing when you set it, and it behaves inconsistently. Teleport Routing - Use this dropdown to select one of the following options: Blocked - Prevents Residents from teleporting to your parcel. Landing Point - Forces all Residents to land at your specified landing point. Anywhere - Allows Residents to teleport to anywhere in your parcel. Each has its uses depending on your intent. For example, if you're building a game with secret areas and divided into multiple parcels, you can choose Blocked for some parcels so people don't accidentally spoil surprises, but choose Landing Point for the entrance parcel so everyone can see the instructions sign you've posted. Media Tab Please see "Media on a parcel" for information about this tab. Access Tab This tab allows you to limit access to your land. Allow Public Access - If you uncheck this box, your parcel will be limited to you and whoever you add to the Allowed Residents list below. You can limit public access to Residents who've given Linden Lab payment info or who're age-verified.Allow Group Access - This box is only available if you aren't allowing public access. It restricts access to the group you set on the General tab.Sell Passes to - Check this to charge an admittance fee to your land and set the time period for which those passes are valid.Allowed Residents - This list of avatars always have access to your land.Banned Residents - This list of avatars never have access to your land. Note: If you set Object Entry to All Residents in the Options tab, objects owned by these avatars will be able to cross onto your parcel. About Land Video Tutorial This tutorial shows you how many of the About Land options affect your experience. It was filmed in an older version of Second Life, so some of it may be deprecated -- if there's an inconsistency, refer to the above text for the latest revision. LAND: About Land Options from Torley on Vimeo.
  38. 1 point
    How to sell an object Should you sell Original, Copy, or Contents? How to set permissions on an object Bulk-setting permissions Setting default permissions when uploading Setting bulk permissions in an object's contents Advertising rules and etiquette How to sell an object Follow these steps to put an object up for sale: Right-click the object and choose Edit. Click on the General tab. If you don't see it, click More. Select the For Sale checkbox. In the dropdown menu next to the For Sale checkbox, select how you want to sell the object. • Original: Sell that exact object. When a Resident buys the object, it will stay right where it is and change owners. • Copy: Sell a copy of the object. The object will remain where it is, and the purchaser will receive a copy of the object. • Contents: Sell the objects, clothing, etc. in the Contents folder of the object. The purchaser will receive a folder (with the same name as the object) containing a copy of the object's contents (or the contents themselves if they are no-copy). Enter the price of the item in the the Price: L$box just below the For Sale dropdown menu. If you want the item to be searchable on the Second Life Marketplace, select the Show in search checkbox. Read more about selling in the Marketplace. Tip: The best way to sell clothing, animations, or multiple related items is to place them in an object and sell its contents. This works beautifully for complete outfits and costumes! Should you sell Original, Copy, or Contents? Should you sell your inworld Second Life creations as Original, Copy, or Contents? That depends on how the object is presented and what you intend to do with it. See Object sale types for full details. How to set permissions on an object Permissions on an object determine what other people can do with it. To set permissions: If the the object is inworld (rezzed), right-click it and choose Edit, then navigate to the General tab. If the object is in your inventory, right-click it and choose Properties. The entries you want to change are listed under Next owner: Modify: Permits the next owner to modify your creation. Copy: Permits the next owner to copy your creation, retaining a copy in inventory when the object is dragged inworld. Transfer: Permits the next owner to give your creation to someone else. If the object also permits copying, the copies can be sold. If the object does not permit copying, only the original object can be sold. Unchecking this means the next owner cannot give the object to anyone else. Important: Permission settings set while an object is in your inventory are not cross-checked with Contents until rezzed. When transferring an item to another Resident, be sure to rez and retake it first to ensure that its permissions are set correctly. You cannot regain permissions for an object you have given to someone else. Linden Lab is unable to reset permissions on an object. If permissions allow, it is a good idea to create a backup copy of an object before you give it to someone else. This way, you always have a copy of the "most permissive" version of the object! Important: Default permissions are no modify and no copy! Always check permissions before giving objects to others. Bulk-setting permissions The Second Life Viewer includes some features for bulk-setting permissions. That means you can apply permissions across multiple items instead of one at a time. Setting default permissions when uploading To bulk-set permissions when you're uploading images (textures), sounds, or animations: Go to Build > Options > Set Default Permissions. A window appears allowing you to specify Next owner permissions. Choose to allow others to Modify and/or Copy and/or Resell/Give away the objects. (Note that your default permissions also apply to single uploaded items.) Select Build > Upload > Bulk (L$10 per file). Select multiple files by holding down the Shift or Ctrl key, then confirm upload. After the uploads are complete, open your inventory. You can right-click each item and choose Properties to verify permissions have been set correctly. Setting bulk permissions in an object's contents Bulk-setting permissions for items in an object's contents allows you to set permissions by item type (body parts, clothing, etcetera): Right-click an object with contents you want to change and select Edit. Click the Content tab. Click Permissions button. Check or uncheck content (item) types whose permissions you want to change. Under Next owner, choose to enable or disable Modify, Copy and Transfer permissions. When you're satisfied with your settings, click OK. Tip: If you forget to apply permissions when uploading, rez a cube and drag the item(s) from inventory into the cube's contents, where you can set permissions as desired. Advertising rules and etiquette Advertisers must always take care to respect the rights and privacy of other Residents. Here are a few guidelines. Adhere to the Community Standards. Adhere to the Second Life Terms of Service. If you violate any of these rules, your account may be suspended or terminated. Post in the appropriate channels. You might try posting in the designated Classifieds section for a small fee. Many Resident-run forums and publications also welcome advertisers, but make sure to read their advertising rules and policies before you start posting. Keep it legal. You are legally responsible for your own actions in Second Life, for example, the rules for ad farms and network advertisers. Also, Linden Lab will remove without refund any classified ads, event listings, or land descriptions that advertise gambling. Read Selling in the Marketplace to learn more.
  39. 1 point
    Using gestures How to make a gesture Using voice levels to trigger gestures Troubleshooting gestures Using animations How to start an animation How to stop an animation Using gestures Gestures are a type of inventory item that trigger your avatar to animate, play sounds, and/or emit text chat. Created with a series of steps, gestures can be used for practical purposes or to amuse friends. For example, a cartoon "Squish!" noise accompanied by your avatar falling down. In Second Life culture, many gestures are openly shared because they make social activity more fun. You can trigger a gesture with: Local text chat Keyboard shortcuts Public voice chat volume There are a variety of sample gestures in your inventory's Library folder. Search your inventory for "gesture" and scroll down. How to make a gesture There are many approaches to making gestures. Here's a simple exercise to get you started: Click the Inventory button in toolbar. The INVENTORY window opens. Right-click the Gestures folder and select New Gesture from the context menu. Type in a unique name for the gesture. You can always change this later. The Gesture editor window appears. Under Steps there are sample steps. Click the Previewbutton to see and hear what the gesture does as a whole. For example: Click the first step, Start Animation: Wave. Click the dropdown below and select a different animation, like Afraid. The steps update to show this. Click Preview again. Add and remove steps using the Add >> and Remove buttons. Change the order of the steps by selecting a step, then clicking Move Up and Move Down. Enter a Trigger and/or Shortcut Key. Changing the Description is optional, but you should at least have one way to easily trigger the gesture. Make sure Active is checked. Gestures must be active to be triggered. When you're done, click Save button and close the gesture window. Test the trigger or shortcut key. Using voice levels to trigger gestures There are three voice level triggers for gestures, shown below, where 1 is the softest and 3 the loudest voice level: /voicelevel1 /voicelevel2 /voicelevel3 To use voice levels to trigger gestures: Search your inventory for the Speech Gestures folder (which is included in the Library > Gestures folder). Drag the folder onto your avatar. Experiment in voice chat by speaking at different volumes. Your avatar's arms should gesticulate more dramatically when speaking loudly. Like any other gesture, you can edit a speech gesture. Troubleshooting gestures If a gesture isn't working, one of two things is wrong: either you are using the incorrect trigger, or the gesture is inactive. Use one of the following methods to make sure that the gesture is active: Search your inventory for "(active)". There's a dropdown called Gestures to the right of your chat bar. Click it to see gestures sorted by text trigger. Go to Communicate > Gestures. A special window opens that shows you the trigger, key, and name for all your activated gestures. If the gesture is inactive, right-click it and choose Activate. You can also drag a gesture from your inventory onto your avatar to activate it. Conversely, you can follow the same steps, then choose Deactivate to turn off gestures. Tip: Switch between male and female gestures by activating or deactivating the gestures in the Female Gestures and Male Gestures folders in your inventory as desired. Using animations An animation is a set of intructions that cause an avatar to engage in a sequence of motions. You can use animations in gestures, but don't confuse the two. To activate an animation in your inventory, double-click the animation name. This opens a dialog box with the animation name, a field in which to see or enter a description of the animation, and two buttons: Play Locally allows you to see the animation, but it will not will be visible to other Residents. This is useful to make sure the animation is really something you want others to see your avatar doing. Play in World allows the Residents within visual range to see your avatar perform the animation. For more information, see How to create animations. How to start an animation When you take an animation into your inventory, it goes into the Animations folder. Play an animation by double-clicking it in your inventory, then clicking the Play In World button.There are many free animations in Second Life passed around in collections from one Resident to another, so don't be afraid to ask others for animations. Use inventory filters to easily locate all animations in your inventory. Click the Inventory toolbar button to open your Inventory window. Click the Gear Icon and choose Show Filters. Click the None button to clear all filter checkboxes, Select the Animation checkbox. When finished, click All to show all of your inventory. Places like nightclubs have scripted dance machines. To search for a club, click the Search button in the toolbar, then click Places in the drop-down selection to the right of the search field. Try searching for club, dance, party or another keyword. If you are unsure how to use a dance machine, try asking someone nearby how it works.Depending on how the specific machine operates, you can usually click on one to start dancing; clicking on it again should stop you. How to stop an animation Depending on how you started an animation, use one of the following ways to sop it: Choose Me > Movement > Stop Animating Me. If you have animation windows open, close them. If you started dancing after clicking a dance machine, click it again. If you are in a social environment like a crowded club, try asking one of your fellow patrons for help. Some dance machines work differently than others, and the regular visitors around you may be familiar with the one you're using. As a last resort, you can fly or teleport far away and restart Second Life.
  40. 1 point
    What is Avatar Rendering Complexity How can I determine the complexity of my avatar? Why are some avatars solid colors and what is a JellyDoll? How can I find out if the complexity of my avatar is too high? How can I examine complexity values? How can I reduce lag while still drawing other avatars? In other languages: Deutsch Español Français Italiano 日本語 Português Pусский What is Avatar Rendering Complexity? Avatar Rendering Complexity is a numerical score representing how difficult it is to draw an avatar, ranging from a few hundred to hundreds of thousands. It is affected by your avatar's shape, clothing, and attachments. Since avatars are some of the most visually detailed objects in Second Life, avatars with complexity scores at the upper end of the range can severely impact performance of the Second Life Viewer. Being aware of your own complexity and that of those around you can be an important part of managing the performance of your viewer and how your avatar affects the performance of other Second Life Residents. How can I determine the complexity of my avatar? Whenever you change what your avatar is wearing, or add or remove one of your avatar's attachments, a small notice appears in the upper right corner of your screen to tell you your avatar's new complexity value. If you don't mind that other Residents may not see your avatar and you wish to stop receiving these notices, you can disable the message Warn me if my avatar complexity may be too high in the Notifications tab of the Preferences window, which may be accessed by choosing Me > Preferences. Why are some avatars solid colors and what is a JellyDoll? Avatars can be rendered as solid-colored silhouettes (a special form of impostor we call a JellyDoll) if they exceed the avatar complexity threshold set by the Maximum Avatar Complexity slider in the Advanced Graphics Preferences window. This greatly reduces that amount of work your computer must perform in order to draw complex avatars, resulting in improved performance. The default value of Maximum complexity is determined by your computer's specifications and what graphics level you choose, but can be adjusted manually in the Advanced Graphics Preferences window: Open the Preferences window by choosing Me > Preferences from the top menu bar. Click the Graphics tab of the preferences window. Adjust the Avatar Maximum Complexity slider to your preferred threshold. You may move the slider all the way to the right to make the threshold unlimited. There are other uncommon factors that can cause an avatar to be rendered as a JellyDoll, discussed in How can I examine complexity values? You may also check the Always Render Friends box to always render your friends fully, regardless of the complexity of their avatars. If there are other specific avatars you want fully rendered even if they are over your limit, you can right click them and select Always Render Fully. This specific allowance is only valid for the duration of your Second Life session, so you will need to re-apply it each time you log in. Your own avatar is always rendered fully, even if you are over your own maximum complexity threshold. ✏️ Tip: Some older avatars using the "transparent box" method of covering a system avatar may disappear completely if their avatar is above a viewer's maximum complexity. If you're unsure why someone may be invisible, right-clicking on their avatar nameplate and choosing Always Render Fully should resolve the problem. How can I find out if the complexity of my avatar is too high? When some of the people around you see you as a JellyDoll, their viewer reports that information to Second Life's servers. The servers in turn send you a message to let you know whether or not you are being fully rendered by the Residents around you. This message appears as a notification that also includes your avatar's complexity score, and is updated when one of the factors changes significantly. No specific information is provided to you about which Residents are able to render your avatar, or what their maximum complexity settings are. How can I examine complexity values? You can view the complexity scores of avatars around you by activating a feature from the Advanced menu. To use this feature, choose Advanced > Performance Tools > Show avatar complexity information from the top menu bar. This displays three values as floating text above each avatar: Complexity - The numerical complexity score of the avatar. Rank - How close the avatar is to your camera. The closest is "1", next closest is "2", etc... Attachment surface area, in square meters - This value can, uncommonly, cause an avatar to be shown as a JellyDoll. Each value is color coded from green to red to indicate how it relates to your own limits (values well under your limit are green, values at or over your limit are shown as red and may be in bold font). Values shown in gray are ones for which you have no limit, such as the complexity score of your own avatar. This feature does not tell you how the complexity of your avatar relates to the limits set by those around you. There is no absolute "good" or "bad" value for complexity; just a relationship between each avatar's complexity and the limits of those who are viewing it at any one time. How can I reduce lag while still drawing other avatars? You can reduce the performance impact of complex avatars without resorting to JellyDolls. The setting Max. # of non-impostors controls the number of avatars nearest to your camera that will be fully rendered; any avatars beyond that number will be drawn as an Impostor. An impostor is drawn with fewer lighting and texture effects, making them look less realistic (some people describe it as looking like a cardboard cutout). Impostors are also updated less frequently, which means their animations will not look as smooth as a fully rendered avatar. Drawing more distant avatars as impostors does not improve performance as dramatically as the maximum complexity threshold, but looks better because the impostor avatars retain their visual appearance rather than becoming a solid-colored JellyDoll. You can use both methods together by setting your maximum complexity threshold fairly high, so that it affects only the most expensive avatars, while setting the maximum number of non-impostors so that only avatars nearest you are drawn in full 3D detail. To access the Max. # of non-impostors slider: Choose Me > Preferences from the top menu bar. Click the Graphics tab on the Preferences window. Click the Advanced Settings button in the Graphics tab to open the Advanced Graphics Preferences window. Find and adjust the Max. # of non-impostors slider in the Avatar section.
  41. 1 point
    Homestead Region overview Other rules relating to Homestead Regions Homesteads for educators and non-profits Land parcels on Homestead Regions Converting Homestead Regions to another region type Grandfathered pricing Homestead Region overview Along with Full Regions and Openspace Regions, a Homestead Region is a type of Private Region. It is intended for lightweight use cases such as low-density rentals, light commercial ventures, or quiet residental areas. To own a Homestead Region, you must also own at least one standard Private Region. Specifications for Homesteads include: Available to Full Region owners only Lower price than a Full Region Events and Classifieds are permitted Comes with lower usage limits than Full Regions: Land capacity set at 5000 Concurrent avatar limit set at 20 Pricing for Homesteads is as follows: Setup fee of $149 Monthly fee of $109 You may convert two Homestead Regions into a standard Private Region, or you may convert a Private Region into two Homestead Regions, provided that you will have at least one remaining standard Private Region. For more information on converting between region types, see Converting Private Regions. For a general overview of the different types of Private Regions available, see Private Regions. Other rules relating to Homestead Regions Homesteads for educators and non-profits We do not offer discounts on any type of Private Regions, but qualified educators and non-profits are allowed to order a Homestead Region without owning a standard Private Region, unlike regular Residents. If you represent a qualified non-profit organization that wants to order a Homestead Region, submit a support case to do so. Land parcels on Homestead Regions Homesteads are approved for rental use within the Region limitations we have set. Converting Homestead Regions to another region type Homestead Regions may be converted to standard Private Regions or multiple Openspace Regions. For full details on converting between different Private Region types, see Converting Private Regions. Grandfathered pricing Some older regions have "grandfathered" or discounted pricing on their monthly maintenance fees. In February 2010, it was announced that these grandfathered maintenance fees would no longer be offered. Changing ownership or converting a grandfathered region now changes its maintenance fee to the current monthly rate for its region type. We are unable to swap the price of a current grandfathered region with a non-grandfathered region. Grandfathered pricing stays with the region for the life of the region, or until the region is transferred or converted. If a grandfathered region is abandoned and subsequently reactivated, its maintenance fee is updated to the current monthly rate for its region type.
  42. 1 point
    Em outros idiomas Adicione alguém à sua lista de amigos Como aceitar ou recusar uma oferta de amizade Tutorial em vídeo Regras de comportamento para amigos Parceiros Como fazer de alguém seu parceiro Como finalizar uma parceria Histórico da parceria Permitir que os amigos editem seus objetos O método de grupo O método de amigo Algumas coisas à observar Adicione alguém à sua lista de amigos Há várias maneiras de adicionar um amigo: Se vocês estiverem próximos no mundo virtual, basta clicar com o botão direito no avatar dele e selecionar Adicionar amigo. Se vocês não estiverem próximos ou se a pessoa estiver off-line, clique no botão Pessoas na parte inferior da janela do Visualizador e selecione a guia AMIGOS. Clique no botão + para abrir uma janela de pesquisa e digite o nome do seu amigo. Quando você adiciona um amigo, a janela Adicionar amigo permite que você digite uma mensagem personalizada. Use esse espaço para explicar porque você quer a amizade ou lembrar à pessoa como vocês se conheceram. Quando a oferta de amizade for aceita, seus nomes aparecerão na lista de AMIGOS um do outro. Todas as amizades são bidirecionais. Se você excluir um amigo, você não aparecerá mais na lista de amigos dele. Como aceitar ou recusar uma oferta de amizade Quando outro residente lhe oferece amizade, uma caixa de diálogo aparece no canto superior direito da tela. A caixa de diálogo também aparece nas janelas de Conversas, como se uma mensagem tivesse sido enviada para você. Se você clicar em Aceitar, seu novo amigo receberá uma notificação na tela de que você aceitou a oferta de amizade. Clique em Recusar para cancelar a oferta de amizade. A outra pessoa receberá uma notificação na tela de que você recusou a oferta de amizade. Regras de comportamento para amigos O preenchimento do seu perfil e a leitura do perfil de outros residentes são uma grande oportunidade de estabelecer conversas. Se vocês se derem bem, sinta-se à vontade para oferecer sua amizade. Para dicas não-oficiais para residente sobre como socializar ou fazer amigos, acesse SLetiquette. Parceiros Os casais no Second Life podem oficializar seus relacionamentos. Se você for casados ou simplesmente conectados podem colocar o nome de seu companheiro(a) no seu perfil in-world. Seu estado civil será visível para o resto da comunidade. Nota: Criar uma parceria custa L$10 para cada parceiro. A parceria é algo para se exibir, somente para propósitos sociais. Isso não altera as permissões inworld, as habilidades de grupo, suporte aos benefícios e assim por diante. Por exemplo, se você é um membro Premium e o seu parceiro tem uma conta Básica, ele/ela não receberá qualquer benefício Premium. A parceria também não afeta o seu nome de usuário no Second Life. Nem dá o direito de compartilhar a conta do seu parceiro no Second Life. Para mais informações sobre as políticas relacionadas ao compartilhamento de contas, acesse Permitindo que outros acessem ou transfiram suas contas no Second Life. Como fazer de alguém seu parceiro Para fazer alguém seu parceiro, siga esses passos: Vá na página Parceiros. Digite o nome de usuário do seu Parceiro. Digite a sua Proposta para essa parceria. Pode ser uma carta de amor, uma letra de música ou o que convier para ambos. Clique em Enviar proposta. O seu parceiro em potencial será notificado pelo e-mail que está na conta do Second Life. Ele ou ela tem sete dias para aprovar. Uma vez que a proposta tenha sido aprovada, seus nomes aparecerão no perfil um do outro. O e-mail de parceria deverá ser recebido em pouco tempo. Verifique sua caixa de spam e outros filtros que seu e-mail possa ter e certifique-se de que não tenha sido escondido. Se você receber uma solicitação de parceria e desejar recusar, você pode fazer isso na Página de Parceiros. Como finalizar uma parceria A pessoa que se “divorcia" é taxada em L$25. Siga os procedimentos parra romper uma parceria: Abra a página Parceiros. Selecione “Eu, (seu nome), gostaria de desfazer a parceria com (o nome do seu parceiro)." Clique em Enviar. Sua parceria está desfeita e, agora, seu ex-parceiro será notificado. Uma vez que tenha desfeito uma parceria, você pode recriá-la seguindo o mesmo procedimento mencionado anteriormente e pagando L$10, novamente. Histórico da parceria O seu Visualizador de perfil não exibe a data em que a sua parceria começou, por isso, guarde a solicitação de parceria original (a que foi enviada por e-mail), se você desejar ter um registro com a data. Permitir que os amigos editem seus objetos Existem duas formas de habilitar que um amigo possa editar os seus objetos no Second Life. Isso geralmente refere-se como construção colaborativas ou criação colaborativa. É uma forma útil de permitir que os grupos de pessoas colaborem na construção de um projeto juntos. O método que você escolhe depende de o seu colaborador está em um grupo ou se ele/ela é seu amigo. O método de grupo Para habilitar um membro de um grupo que você está para editar seus objetos: Clique com o botão direito do mouse no objeto e escolha Editar. O editor de objeto abre. Clique na aba Geral no editor. Se você não puder ver as abas, clique em Mais. Clique no ícone Ferramenta no lado direito do Grupo e atribua o objeto ao grupo que seus amigos estiverem. Clique em OK. Selecione a caixa de verificação próximo à Compartilhar. Qualquer outros membros do grupo também podem ser capazes de editar o objeto. Os membros do grupo só podem editar objetos que forem compartilhados com o grupo. Nota: Se você quiser que outros membros do grupo sejam capazes de fazer cópias do seu objeto, certifique-se de ter selecionado a permissão ao proprietário (Copiar, Modificar, Revender/Dar fim) de forma apropriada. O método de amigo Para habilitar um amigo para editar seus objetos: Clique em na barra de ferramentas. A janela PESSOAS abrirá. Clique na aba AMIGOS para abrir a lista de amigos. Passe o mouse sobre o nome dos seus amigos e clique em para visualizar o perfil do seu amigo. Na página perfil que aparecer, clique em e escolha Permissões. Em Permitir (nome do amigo): selecione Editar, excluir ou pegar meus objetos. Clique em Salvar. Importante: Ao fazer isso, você dará os mesmos direitos de editar todos os seus objetos que você. Algumas coisas à observar Existem algumas coisas que você precisa ficar atento: O seu parceiros colaborativos só podem editar os objetos que você permitir. Ninguém que não seja você terá acesso ao seu inventário. Se você quiser que mais alguém possa editar um objeto seu, você precisa permitir inworld primeiro. Os seus parceiros colaborativos não podem editar as permissões do proprietário em um objeto que eles receberam acesso. Não tecnicamente possível conectar dois objetos juntos se eles tiverem dois proprietários diferentes. Mesmo se os proprietários derem a cada um permissões para editar. Seu parceiro colaborativo não pode editar seus objetos se eles tiverem Selecionar somente meus objetos habilitados em Construir > Opções na barra de menu superior.
  43. 0 points
    Converting regions Comparison chart How long does a conversion take? ⚠️ Region conversions are currently limited and may not be available due to restrictions on region additions to the grid. Please see our blog post about limited region availability for more information. You may choose to convert some of your Private Regions from one Private Region type to another. This article covers the different scenarios and costs associated with each possible conversion. Converting regions When converting down from a Full Region or Homestead Region to one or more Homestead or Openspace regions, you are charged the difference in setup fees plus a one-time conversion fee of $100. Once the conversion has taken place, the appropriate new monthly fees apply. Your bill date remains the same as that of the original Region. When converting up from an Openspace Region to a Homestead Region or Full Region, you are charged the difference in setup fees between the two types of Regions. We waive the $100 conversion fee if you are converting up. Once the conversion has taken place, the appropriate new monthly fees apply and the new billing date is an average of the billing dates from your converted regions. If you have multiple Openspaces or Homesteads to convert, each counts contributes its setup value against the price of a full Region. For example, if you want to convert two Openspaces to a Full Region, it costs the set up fee of the Full Region ($600) minus the combined setup fee of each Openspace ($150 + $150), and we waive the conversion fee ($100) : $600 - ($150 + $150) = $300. Examples: Converting 2 Openspace Regions to a Full Region would be $600 - ($150 + $150) = $300 Converting 2 Homestead Regions to a Full Region would be $600 - ($225 + $225) = $150 Important: Conversions which incur a negative balance do not result in a refund for the surplus amount. For example, the math for converting 3 Homestead Regions to a Full Region: is: $600 - ($225 + $225 + $225 ) = -$75, but you don't get a $75 credit for the conversion. Comparison chart Converting UP - conversion fee waived You have Converts to 3 Homesteads 1 Full region 2 Homesteads + $51 charge 1 Full region 1 Homestead + $200 charge 1 Full region 1 Full Region + $251 1 Skill Gaming region Converting UP - including old Openspace Regions You have Converts to 2 Openspaces + $51 1 Full region 1 Openspace +$199 1 Full region 1 Homestead + 1 Openspace + $51 1 Full region 2 Openspace 1 Homestead region Converting DOWN - $100 conversion fee (not included in any other listed charges) You have Converts to 1 Full region + $98 3 Homesteads 1 Full region 2 Homesteads 1 Full region 1 Homestead Converting TO/FROM - $100 conversion fee (not included in any other listed charges) You have Converts to 1 Openspace 1 Homestead How long does a conversion take? You can normally expect your Private Region conversion to take 5-10 business days. Depending on the size of our current conversion queue, your conversion may occasionally take longer than 10 business days, but we do our best to get it done in a timely manner.
  44. 0 points
    Overview Why provide billing information? Second Life billing policies Premium membership Land use fees Private region fees Auctions Region rental Linden dollar exchange How to view or change your billing information Adding a new payment method Associating payment methods with payment types Changing stored payment information VAT and changing your billing country Processing credit on your US Dollar balance Accepted currencies and payment methods PayPal Skrill Understanding Transaction History Understanding Account History LindeX Land fees Billing for land holdings Private Regions Mainland holdings Preventing common billing problems General Credit cards PayPal Using PayPal How to setup payment with PayPal Contacting Linden Lab billing support Common issues and frequently asked questions I can't update my payment information I'm having trouble paying—what's going to happen? I paid US$ for something, but it's not showing up yet I get a "Not Authorized" message when entering billing information Why was I charged $1.00 on my credit card? Issues with American Express Why was I billed an additional transaction fee? Issues with prepaid and gift cards I receive an error message when I try to make a Marketplace purchase using my Credit Card or PayPal account In other languages: Deutsch Español Français Italiano 日本语 Português Русский Türkçe Overview Why provide billing information? Although a basic account gives you full access to Second Life and does not require a credit card or PayPal account, if you add a credit card or a verified PayPal account you can: Get a premium level account. Own land. Buy or sell Linden dollars. Second Life billing policies Read the full Second Life Billing Policies, also linked to from the Terms of Service. Linden Lab® will bill your account only under very specific circumstances. All charges are deducted from your U.S. Dollars (USD) balance first, and then from your credit card or PayPal account if your USD balance is insufficient. Premium membership Premium account holders are charged according to the payment plan they have selected. Depending on the plan, charges may occur monthly, quarterly, or yearly. See your Account Summary to find out your current billing rate. To change your billing rate, see the Upgrade/Downgrade Membership page. Land use fees The land use fee (also known as tier) is a variable monthly charge that increases with the amount of land you own in Second Life. For more information about land use fees, see the Land Pricing & Use Fees page. Land use fees are separate from private region fees. Private region fees In addition to the initial charge to buy a private region, owners of private regions pay a monthly fee to Linden Lab. Private region fees are charged directly to your credit card or PayPal account, and are separate from other land use fees. See Buying private Regions for a comparison of private region fees. Note: Private Region fees exclude VAT and GST. Visit the Land Portal for more information about land types and pricing, including access to the Land Store and Auction site. There are fees for certain region changes, such as renaming, moving, or converting to a different region type; see Managing Private Regions for details. Auctions Some land auctions are denominated in U.S. Dollars. Winning an auction incurs a one-time payment, but can cause an increase in your monthly Land Use Fees if the additional land moves you to the next Land Tier. For more information about land auctions in Second Life, see the Auction FAQ. Region rental It is possible to rent an entire Region for a short period of time. The cost of renting a Region is L$4000 per day, paid in full on the first day of the rental. Note that this price is listed in Linden dollars (L$) instead of U.S. dollars. For more information on Region rental, visit the Land Portal. Linden dollar exchange All Residents have the option of trading U.S. Dollars for Linden Dollars (L$) on the Linden Dollar Exchange (LindeX). LindeX charges are generated on a per-transaction basis; you will only be charged if and when you decide to make an exchange. You may also purchase Linden Dollars inworld by clicking the Buy L$ button next to your inworld Linden Dollar balance. For additional information on LindeX transaction fees, see the LindeX: Fees page. Some credit card issuers charge a small fee if the payment settles in a currency that is not native to the card. If you're in the United States and are being charged a foreign transaction fee with your current credit card, try deleting and re-entering your payment method. This should resolve your foreign transaction fees; if it does not, consult your financial institution for details on their schedule of fees. Warning: If you find any suspicious or unexpected charges on your credit card or PayPal statement that appear to be from Linden Lab, gather all available information and open a billing support case for investigation. How to view or change your billing information To view your billing information, see the Billing Information page on the Second Life website. Note: For security reasons, you can only view the type of card affiliated with your account and the last four digits of the card number. You cannot view the full number. On the Billing Information page, you can view your current Linden dollar (L$) and US dollar balances, view and add US dollar payment methods for your account, and set which payment methods will be used for different types of purchases. Adding a new payment method To add a credit card, PayPal, or Skrill account to your Second Life account, click Add a Credit Card, Add a PayPal account, or Add a Skrill account. Follow the on-screen instructions to set up a billing agreement with PayPal or Skrill, or fill in your credit card information accordingly. Once you have added a payment method, it is saved for your account and you can associate it with various types of payments. See the next section for more information. You can also add a new payment method during a transaction, when selecting a payment method. If you add a credit card, PayPal account, or Skrill account in this way, it is automatically associated with the type of payment being made. Associating payment methods with payment types You may specify which payment method you would like to use for each of the following payment types: Buying L$ in the Viewer Buying L$ on the web Buying land, Premium fees, recurring fees To associate a payment method, go to the Other Payment Methods section of the Billing Information page and click Change next to the payment method you would like to use, then check boxes next to your desired payment types on the provided list. You may remove this association at any time by clicking Change next to the payment method, then un-checking the boxes next to the associated payment types. You can also change an associated payment method during a transaction by choosing a different payment method or adding a new payment method for that transaction. Changing stored payment information To change stored information about one of your payment methods, you must delete that payment method and re-enter it. You may delete a stored payment method by clicking Remove next to that payment method on the Billing Information page. VAT/GST and changing your billing country Your selected country determines the payment methods available to you. Normally, you should not need to change your billing country, but you may need to update it if you are traveling or have moved to a new location. You can change your billing country by clicking the Change button next to your country's name on the Billing Information page. Countries and Areas Subject to VAT or GST Countries belonging to the European Union (EU) Norway Australia If your billing country is on the list above, you may be subject to the collection of value added tax (VAT). In Australia, this tax is called the Goods and Services Tax (GST). If you are a business and are reselling, or adding value to Second Life before providing it to a consumer, you may be eligible to provide your government-issued VAT ID number or your Australian Business Number in order to be excluded from the collection of VAT or GST. If you see "Subject to VAT" under your billing country's name on the Billing Information page, you can add your exception by clicking Add VAT Exception or Add Australian Business Number and providing your ID. For more information, see VAT frequently asked questions Processing credit on your US Dollar balance You may request that some or all of your US Dollar balance be credited to a PayPal or Skrill account by performing a process-credit request. Please see the corresponding section of the Account balance article for full details. Accepted currencies and payment methods You may use the following payment methods with Second Life: Visa American Express MasterCard Delta Online (non-U.S. Residents only) JCB Diners Club Discover (U.S. Residents only) Visa Electron (non-U.S. Residents only) PayPal Skrill The currencies accepted for payment include: CAD, AUD, JPY, EUR, GBP for non-U.S. Residents, and USD for U.S. Residents Note: If you have had a payment method on file since before December 7, 2011, you may need to remove and re-add that payment method before making payments in non-USD currencies. PayPal To use your PayPal balance when making transactions with Second Life, it must be in USD. You can convert your balance to USD at paypal.com (PayPal may impose exchange fees). Skrill Skrill offers a variety of payment options including Visa, MasterCard, and American Express, along with over 100 local payment options listed on their Payment Options page. For a complete list of currencies accepted by Skrill, visit their official website and view the page on Fees and Availability. Understanding Transaction History You can view your transaction history in two places from your account page on the Second Life website: Account > L$ Transaction History Displays your Linden Dollar (L$) transactions for the selected date range (up to 32 days with a basic account, or 90 days with a premium subscription). You can also download the data in XLS (Excel) and XML format. Linden Exchange > Manage > LindeX Order History Displays: Your Linden dollar and US dollar account balances. Your remaining LindeX™ trading limits for the next 24 hours and 30 days. Your remaining account billing limits for the next 24 hours and 30 days. Your LindeX™ Exchange Transaction History, including both closed and open (unexecuted limit buy or sell) orders. Understanding Account History Choose Account > Account History/Statements from the sidebar on your Second Life account page to access your account history. This page shows all your account transactions for the previous 45 days that involve real-world currency. LindeX For purchases of Linden dollars on the LindeX, you will see two entries: one corresponding to the L$ buy, and one corresponding to the transaction payment. So, for example, this is correct: Time Confirmation ID Note Amount Ending Balance 08/17/2010 08:41:22 102230685019 Customer Payment ($7.75) $23.23 08/17/2010 08:41:22 - LindeX Currency Buy $7.75 $30.94 Because of timing issues these may appear in the opposite order. So, for example, this is also correct: Time Confirmation ID Note Amount Ending Balance 08/17/2010 08:41:22 - LindeX Currency Buy $7.75 $30.94 08/17/2010 08:41:22 102230685019 Customer Payment ($7.75) $23.23 Land fees When you purchase land, pay land maintenance fees, or premium membership fees, you will see three entries: One entry for the payment One entry for the purchase One entry for the VAT charge (if applicable). Time Confirmation ID Note Amount Ending Balance 09/09/2010 09:42:18 - My New Land (Estate: My New Land) $1,029.00 $0.00 09/09/2010 09:42:18 - VAT charge for United Kingdom at 17.50% $180.07 ($1,029.00) 09/09/2010 09:42:18 102234890171 Payment of 814.49 GBP, Visa ending with 1038 ($1,209.07) ($1,209.07) Again, the entries can appear in any order, so the far right column can look different in each case. Billing for land holdings Private Regions As with all US$ transactions, Private Region (island) setup fees first bill against any US$ credit in your account and then against the payment method you have associated with buying land. If you are using PayPal, you may need to adjust your monthly billing allowance. See the next section for instructions. If you use a credit card, you may need to notify your credit card provider of the upcoming purchase. See Account balance for details. Mainland holdings On the mainland, billing is based on peak usage for the prior 30 days. As stated on the Land Use Fees page: Once the peak usage has been billed, your peak usage is reset to the current amount of land you own or have donated to a group. All land owned or donated during the prior 30 days is counted regardless of the amount of time for which it was held. Account fees, which are separate from mainland billing, are based on the user's signup date and are paid in advance. Preventing common billing problems Below are some common causes of billing problems and steps to prevent them. General Make sure that you have payment information on file when attempting to make a purchase. Transactions with Linden Lab require you to specify a form of payment to charge when you make purchases or payments. Credit cards Here are some common reasons for credit card failure: You entered the credit card number incorrectly. You did not enter the billing address or entered it incorrectly. It should be the same address that appears on your bill. You did not enter the name on the card or entered differently from how it appears on the card. Billing Information page. The credit card is not in the list of accepted payment methods (see above) You did not enter the CVV (3 digits on the back, or 4 digits on the front for AmEx) or entered it incorrectly. The card is expired, or the expiration date was entered incorrectly. There are no funds available on the credit card to validate it. We send a US$1.00 authorization to ensure that a credit card is valid. This is not a billing, but the card must have at least US$1.00 available on it to pass validation. Your monthly payment limit is reached, and/or your bank is not authorizing any more transactions. The issuing bank has not pre-approved transactions with Linden Research, Inc. Contact the issuing bank to resolve the problem. If you are outside the US, your card may not be set up for international/overseas transactions (this is very common with Visa Electron). If none of the above applies, contact your credit card provider to determine the cause. You may also contact Linden Lab Billing Support. PayPal Often the initial agreement can't be set up due to an unverified PayPal account. To use your PayPal account with Linden Lab, it must be verified and be capable of making instant transfers. Linden Lab does not accept e-check (bank account) payments through PayPal because they cannot be processed quickly enough to match the instant delivery of virtual goods and services. Therefore, we require that you have a credit card on file with PayPal as a backup payment source, OR that you pay with your PayPal balance in USD. Without a sufficient USD balance in your PayPal account, you will not be able to use it with only a bank account. Be aware of your monthly limits. By default, your monthly spending limit with PayPal is set to US$250.00. You can easily raise or lower that limit. See Using PayPal for more information. Using PayPal How to set up payment with PayPal Follow these steps: Log in to your PayPal account. Click the Gear Icon. Click the Payments tab. Click Manage automatic payments. In the Automatic payments section, if you have any existing billing agreements with Linden Research, select and cancel them. Click the Account tab. Update your information where needed (your PayPal agreement may silently fail if your Second Life account lacks a billing address and email). Then create the PayPal agreement with Linden Lab. You must have funds available in your Preferred funding source (PayPal balance) for any purchase to go through. If you do not have enough funds in your Preferred source, the remaining balance will be drawn from your Backup funding source (bank account or credit card). Note: Regarding PayPal passwords and security: The page where you log into PayPal is a PayPal page. We do not receive this information; PayPal does. Contacting Linden Lab billing support If you have a non-technical issue related to billing concerns, you can call the Linden Lab billing team at the following numbers: US/Canada (toll free): 800-294-1067 Long distance (not toll free): 703-286-6277 Our Billing team is available from 6:00 AM to 3:00 PM PST, Monday through Friday. Common issues and frequently asked questions I can't update my payment information If your payment methods are not updating properly, it often has something to do with the bank or card issuer. Some credit card companies will automatically decline or hold for review international charges (or "online gaming" charges) as a safeguard against fraud. If you are located in the U.S., delete and re-enter your payment method. This will make it go through the domestic processor, which reduces the chances of your financial institution putting a hold on the transaction. Important: Credit and debit cards may require up to 30 minutes to update in our system. Even if you receive the message “your payment information has been successfully updated,” it may take up to 30 minutes for purchases to successfully complete. If your purchase fails, please wait 30 minutes before trying again. If you're having trouble getting a payment method to update: If you have waited at least 30 minutes and are still experiencing failed transactions or information that is still marked as "pending update", please delete and re-enter your billing information or try an alternate method of payment (credit or debit card). To update your billing information: Go to Your Dashboard. Click Account. Click Billing Information. Update your billing information then click Submit. If the update is successful, you will see the message "Your information has been successfully updated". To avoid the risk of failed transactions, please wait 30 minutes before transacting. This allows the payment processor time to fully update. After the second attempt, if transactions are still failing or information is still pending update, contact your credit or debit card issuer: Ask to speak directly to the risk and security department. Explain that you wish to authorize your card for charges from Linden Research and Second Life. While on the phone, clear and re-enter your billing information. The bank or card issuer should then see (and approve) a temporary $1 verification charge. (This verification charge will disappear automatically; you will not have to pay it.) If you are still unable to complete a transaction after following the above steps, please contact Linden Lab billing support for further assistance. I'm having trouble paying—what's going to happen? If we are not able to bill your account for the balance due, we put your account on hold for 30 days. During that period, you can go to your account page and update your credit card information and manually push the charge through to immediately reactivate your account. If you owe a balance for more than 30 continuous days, your account will be placed in delinquency status: you can still access secondlife.com to clear the balance, but you will not be able to access your inworld accounts while delinquent. For more information, see Delinquency policy. At any time, you can convert your account status to basic membership to keep it available to you at no charge. Please note that if you owned land, those charges are billed in arrears, so there may be one more payment due before fees cease to be incurred. You must clear all charges for land owned and land tier donations to avoid additional fees. I paid US$ for something, but it's not showing up yet There are a few things related to Second Life that you need to pay for using US$. These things include: Premium account Land use tier When you've bought these items, you should be able to use them immediately. When something like your land fees are due, the charge is applied to your account. It may show as a negative balance until the next day, because the system hasn't processed it yet. In most cases, the charge is applied overnight in the form of payment on file. If you're having problems that seem to indicate the system doesn't realize that you've paid for something, you should file a support ticket. I get a "Not Authorized" message when entering billing information The institution issuing the card you're trying to use has rejected the attempt to set up a payment agreement. You should contact the card's issuer to resolve this problem. Why was I charged $1.00 on my credit card? We have to attempt a small, temporary charge in order to establish your method of payment in the system. This is not an actual charge, but an authorization that we request from your credit card company. Once the authorization is received, which confirms the account is valid, we then rescind the authorization, which tells the credit card company to remove the temporary charge. At no time is the US$1.00 actually charged, though the authorization may appear on a credit card statement as such. The amount may show as "pending" or "authorized" for a few days, but then will drop off the account entirely, disappearing. You will not have to pay for the $1 charge. Issues with American Express If you're planning to purchase land or L$ through Linden Lab with an American Express card, you should first call American Express and authorize an open billing agreement with Linden Lab. Once American Express has enabled it, you should be able to use your American Express card to buy land or L$. Why was I billed an additional transaction fee? When payments are settled in a currency not native to your payment method, your bank may charge what is commonly called a "foreign transaction fee." This fee is not generated or collected by Linden Lab, and we can't control or cancel it. If you're in the United States and are being charged the foreign transaction fee on your current credit card, you should try deleting and re-entering your current payment method at https://secondlife.com/account/billing.php. This process should stop the foreign transaction fees in most cases; if they continue, you should contact your financial institution to learn the details of your personal situation. Issues with prepaid and gift cards A common cause of payment method failure is the use of unsupported card types. At this time, the majority of prepaid cards are not compatible with our system, even if they bear the VISA/AMEX/Mastercard logo. This includes cards purchased at retail stores, rechargeable credit cards, and bank-issued check cards. I receive the error message "This transaction cannot be completed with your chosen payment method, please purchase L$ and reattempt your purchase." when I try to make a purchase using my Credit Card or PayPal account If you receive an error message when attempting to use your credit card or PayPal to make a Marketplace purchase, please attempt to make the purchase using Linden dollars (L$) as the payment method. To purchase additional Linden dollars to complete your purchase: On the upper-right of the page, click Buy L$. In the Linden Dollars (L$) box, enter the amount of Linden Dollars necessary to complete your purchase. Click Place Order. Return to the Marketplace and check out using Linden dollars as your method of payment.
  45. 0 points
    En otros idiomas ¿Qué es Tilia? Procesar crédito con Tilia Preguntas de verificación de identidad ¿Por qué debo brindar información personal a Tilia y qué harán con ella? ¿Qué tipos de ID son válidos? Ya he enviado mi fotografía de identificación. ¿Por qué debo hacerlo de nuevo? Mi banco, emisor de tarjeta de crédito o PayPal ya han verificado mi identidad. ¿Por qué debo verificarla de nuevo con Tilia? No tengo un número de Seguridad Social. ¿Cómo procedo? ¿Qué pasa si no quiero enviar información de Seguridad Social? ¿Por qué no me pidieron esta información durante el registro? ¿Cuándo me pedirán un ID? ¿Puedo presentar mi ID de manera voluntaria para su verificación antes de iniciar un proceso de solicitud de crédito? ¿Cuánto demora este proceso? ¿Qué sucede con mi balance en dólares estadounidenses si no cumplo? ¿Cuál sería un certificado de dirección válido? Si cambio mi nombre legal, ¿qué tipo de documentos debo presentar? ¿Cómo actualizo mi correo electrónico en el archivo para que pueda ver la solicitud de información? ¿Qué tipo de transacción en general no requiere una verificación de identidad? Preguntas sobre el uso de Tilia ¿Puedo acceder a mi cuenta Tilia en forma separada de mi cuenta Second Life? ¿Tilia puede acreditar dólares estadounidenses directamente a mi cuenta bancaria? ¿Debo usar Tilia para comprar dólares Linden? ¿Cómo puedo evitar el cargo por inactividad? ¿Por qué no puedo procesar crédito? Preguntas técnicas y legales ¿Mi información se guarda de manera segura? ¿Tilia respeta el GDPR? ¿Tilia comparte mi información personal con el gobierno? ¿Mis datos serán utilizados con fines de minería de datos? ¿Mi balance en dólares estadounidenses será revertido al estado? ¿Qué sucede si un residente de Second Life fallece con un balance en dólares estadounidenses aún en su cuenta Tilia? ¿Qué es Tilia? Tilia es una subsidiaria de Linden Lab que ofrece ciertos servicios financieros a la comunidad de Second Life y ayuda a que Second Life cumpla con las leyes y normas de los Estados Unidos. A partir del primero de agosto de 2019, Tilia asume la gestión del balance en dólares estadounidenses de tu cuenta y para esto generará una cuenta Tilia. Tilia también procesa solicitudes de crédito y pagos realizados desde tu cuenta Tilia. La cuenta Tilia asociada con su cuenta Second Life se crea de manera automática y no necesitas un usuario o contraseña distintos para acceder a la misma. Procesar crédito con Tilia Para respetar los requisitos normativos, si deseas transferir parte de tu balance en dólares estadounidenses a tu cuenta PayPal o Skrill (lo cual se denomina procesar un crédito) entonces deberás brindar cierta información personal para verificar tu identidad, incluido tu: Nombre Dirección Fecha de nacimiento Número de Seguridad social (o identificación emitida por el gobierno si no eres ciudadano de los Estados Unidos). Quizás haga falta que brindes información adicional para completar la transacción. Tilia guarda esta información de manera segura para que solo debas brindarla una vez. Nota: Los clientes menores de 18 años no podrán procesar crédito luego del 1ero de agosto de 2019 hasta que cumplan 18. Importante: Si tu cuenta Tilia permanece inactiva durante 12 meses, se te cobrará una cuota por inactividad. Cada mes se deducirá de tu cuenta esta cuota hasta que no esté más activa. En la Sección 3.4 de las Condiciones de servicio de Tilia podrás encontrar más información sobre este cargo. Preguntas de verificación de identidad ¿Por qué debo brindar información personal a Tilia y qué harán con ella? Al ser negocios que trabajan con servicios financieros, Linden Lab y Tilia deben cumplir con las leyes y normas en vigor de los Estados Unidos. En el marco de nuestro proceso permanente de gestión de riesgos, debemos obtener, verificar y registrar información sobre nuestros clientes, a quienes ofrecemos servicios financieros. Daremos la importancia que merece a tu privacidad, por lo tanto, tu información personal estará siempre protegida y solo será utilizada para los fines indicados en las Políticas de privacidad de Linden Lab y Tilia. ¿Qué tipos de ID son válidos? Las fotografías de identificación válidas son: Licencia de conducir Pasaporte Cualquier otra fotografía emitida por el gobierno Si no tienes ninguna de estas formas de identificación, por favor contacta a nuestro equipo de soporte al cliente para obtener ayuda. Ya he enviado mi fotografía de identificación. ¿Por qué debo hacerlo de nuevo? Los servicios vinculados a fines financieros ofrecidos por Linden Lab ahora están manejados por la subsidiaria de propiedad absoluta de Linden Lab, Tilia Inc. Tilia debe respetar las leyes y normas en vigor de los Estados Unidos. En el marco de nuestro proceso permanente de gestión de riesgos, nos encargamos de obtener, verificar y registrar información sobre nuestros clientes, a quienes ofrecemos servicios financieros. Tu información personal estará siempre protegida y solo será utilizada para los fines indicados en nuestras Políticas de privacidad, disponibles en nuestro sitio web. La mayoría de los residentes no deberán volver a enviar información si ya fue brindada previamente. Sin embargo, puede haber instancias en las cuales Tilia deba solicitar y verificar la documentación una vez más. Mi banco, emisor de tarjeta de crédito o PayPal ya han verificado mi identidad. ¿Por qué debo verificarla de nuevo con Tilia? Al ser un negocio que ofrece servicios financieros, Tilia debe respetar las leyes federales y estatales sobre la transferencia de dinero, que requieren que obtengamos y verifiquemos esta información más allá de si la has brindado a otras instituciones financieras, como la empresa emisora de tu tarjeta de crédito o PayPal. No tengo un número de Seguridad Social. ¿Cómo procedo? Si no eres ciudadano/a de los Estados Unidos, puedes brindar un pasaporte y una factura de algún servicio público para verificar tu identidad. Si eres ciudadano/a de los Estados Unidos y no tienes un número de Seguridad Social, por favor, contacta al servicio al cliente. ¿Qué pasa si no quiero enviar información de Seguridad Social? Sin tu información sobre la Seguridad Social no podremos procesar tu transacción ; la ley exige que obtengamos y verifiquemos esta información. ¿Por qué no me pidieron esta información durante el registro? Los requisitos para obtener información solo aplican a ciertas transacciones financieras, como el uso de fondos en tu cartera de valor guardado para procesar los créditos a dólares estadounidenses. No existen tales requisitos normativos para registrarte con Second Life. ¿Cuándo me pedirán un ID? Te pedirán un ID cuando inicies una solicitud de procesamiento de crédito y envíes dólares estadounidenses a tu método de pago registrado. ¿Puedo presentar mi ID de manera voluntaria para su verificación antes de iniciar un proceso de solicitud de crédito? Sí. Puedes enviar tu ID para verificación de manera voluntaria sin realizar una solicitud de procesamiento de crédito. Esto asegurará que no tengas demoras al intentar procesar crédito por primera vez con Tilia. Por favor visita tu página de Información de facturación en el sitio web de Second Life. Puedes acceder al formulario de envío haciendo clic en Tal vez necesitemos información adicional para procesar crédito de tu cuenta Tilia. Una vez que tu identidad haya sido verificada, el mensaje cambia y dice «Tenemos toda la información necesaria para procesar crédito de tu cuenta Tilia. ¡Muchas gracias!» Para más información sobre este proceso, por favor ingresa en este artículo blog: Presentación voluntaria de información normativa. ¿Cuánto demora este proceso? En general, las solicitudes se procesan en uno a tres días, pero en algunos casos el proceso puede demorar hasta 30 días. ¿Qué sucede con mi balance en dólares estadounidenses si no cumplo? Tu balance en dólares estadounidenses guardado permanecerá en tu cuenta. No aceptaremos solicitudes de procesamiento de crédito hasta que hayamos recibido y revisado los documentos requeridos. Podrás seguir usando tu balance en dólares estadounidenses para pagar servicios de Second Life y dólares Linden. ¿Cuál sería un certificado de dirección válido? Los documentos aceptados se indican a continuación y deben estar fechados dentro de los tres últimos meses: Factura de servicios públicos actual Declaración financiera, bancaria o de tarjeta de crédito Factura de teléfono móvil Contrato o acuerdo de alquiler Formulario impositivo Registro como votante Declaración de seguro Las fotos de estos documentos deben estar claras y en foco, cubrir todo el documento y deben mostrar claramente la información requerida. Si cambio mi nombre legal, ¿qué tipo de documentos debo presentar? Si cambias tu nombre, deberás presentar información actualizada. Los documentos válidos son: Certificado de cambio de nombre Certificado de casamiento Certificado de divorcio Certificado de compromiso ¿Cómo actualizo mi correo electrónico en el archivo para asegurarme de recibir comunicados de Tilia? Si deseas actualizar tu correo electrónico puedes hacerlo haciendo clic en este link: https://accounts.secondlife.com/change_email/. Te sugerimos que verifiques tu dirección de correo electrónico y que te asegures que sea la actual. ¿Qué tipo de transacción en general no requiere una verificación de identidad? La verificación de Identidad se realiza para las solicitudes de procesamiento de crédito, que son solicitudes para acreditar parte de o todo tu balance en dólares estadounidenses a una cuenta PayPal o Skrill. Por lo tanto, los siguientes tipos de transacciones en general no requieren que envíes información personal: Comprar Dólares linden con cualquier método de pago Usar una tarjeta de crédito, PayPal o Skrill para pagar servicios de Second Life como una membresía Premium o tarifas por el uso de tierra Gastar Dólares Linden Vender dólares Linden en el LindeX Preguntas sobre el uso de Tilia ¿Puedo acceder a mi cuenta Tilia en forma separada de mi cuenta Second Life? Esto no es posible por el momento. Tu cuenta Tilia está integrada con tu cuenta Second Life y se accede a la misma a través del sitio web de Second Life con tus credenciales de Second Life. Los servicios brindados por Tilia estarán claramente identificados. ¿Tilia puede acreditar dólares estadounidenses directamente a mi cuenta bancaria? Tilia no puede procesar crédito directamente a cuentas bancarias por el momento, pero puede acreditar tu balance en dólares estadounidenses a una cuenta PayPal o Skrill. ¿Debo usar Tilia para comprar dólares Linden? No. Tilia no participa en el proceso de compra de dólares Linden. Puedes seguir usando tu método de pago registrado para comprar dólares Linden y no necesitas brindar ninguna información personal. ¿Cómo puedo evitar el cargo por inactividad? Si tu cuenta Tilia permanece inactiva durante 12 meses, se te cobrará una pequeña cuota por inactividad de no más de $ 3.00 para cubrir los gastos de ingeniería, soporte, contabilidad y conformidad vinculados al mantenimiento de tu cuenta. Esta cuota por inactividad no puede reducir tu balance en dólares estadounidenses a menos de cero y nunca resultará en un nuevo cargo en tu tarjeta de crédito. La cuota por inactividad no afecta tu balance en dólares Linden. Para evitar esta cuota por inactividad, solo debes ingresar a tu cuenta en el sitio web de Second Life al menos una vez cada 12 meses. Además, los Residentes con una membresía Premium no tendrán que pagar una cuota por inactividad mientras su membresía Premium esté activa. ¿Por qué no puedo procesar crédito? Si aún no pudimos verificar los documentos correspondientes a tu información personal, no podremos aceptar ninguna solicitud de procesamiento de crédito. Preguntas técnicas y legales ¿Mi información se guarda de manera segura? Comprendemos tu inquietud. Tu información está protegida tal como se indica en nuestra Política de privacidad. Si no te sientes cómodo brindando la información por internet, por favor contacta al servicio al cliente para conocer otros métodos. Para obtener más información sobre cómo protegemos tus datos, consulta nuestra publicación blog: Información Acerca de la privacidad y la seguridad en Tilia. ¿Tilia respeta el GDPR? Tilia respeta totalmente el Reglamento General de Protección de Datos (GDPR). Para más, consulta nuestra Política de privacidad. Si tienes preguntas específicas sobre tu cuenta y tu situación individual, por favor contacta a nuestro equipo de atención al cliente. ¿Tilia comparte mi información personal con el gobierno? Tilia no brindará tu información a ningún gobierno a menos que se le exija hacerlo mediante un proceso legal, como una citación o una orden de registro. ¿Mis datos serán utilizados con fines de minería de datos? Tilia no está asociada con la minería de datos en forma alguna y tus datos no serán utilizados con estos fines ni vendidos a terceros. Tilia es una subsidiaria de Linden Lab y existe para fortalecer nuestros procesos y proteger mejor tus datos, al mismo tiempo que permite que Second Life progrese a nivel comercial. ¿Mi balance en dólares estadounidenses será revertido al estado? Sí. Tilia respetará las leyes de propiedad no declarada de cada estado. ¿Qué sucede si un residente de Second Life fallece con un balance en dólares estadounidenses aún en su cuenta Tilia? Para ver nuestra política actual, consulta nuestro artículo wiki al respecto: Linden Lab Oficial: Muerte y otras inquietudes por fuera de Second Life.
  46. 0 points
    Finding items to buy Using boolean search operators Determining usage requirements Determining whether an item contains mesh content Adding items to your cart and giving gifts Giving gifts Editing your cart and paying After you buy Items delivered to the Received items folder Viewing your order history Unreceived and accidentally discarded items Writing a review Flagging an item on the Marketplace Email notification settings In other languages: Deutsch Español Français Italiano 日本語 Português Finding items to buy The Second Life Marketplace is the place to buy an amazing assortment of virtual items sold by fellow Residents. The Marketplace fee and listing policies govern the types of items for sale, as well as advertising, fees, and other guidelines for using the Marketplace. To start shopping in the Second Life Marketplace: Go to marketplace.secondlife.com. If you're not already logged into secondlife.com, click Sign In in the upper-right. Enter your Second Life name and password, and click Login. You can look for items you wish to purchase in several ways: By using the search box at the top of the page. By browsing the Categories and Communities on the left. By scrolling through the Featured Items. Important: You must be age verified to view Adult content both inworld and on the Marketplace. In addition, you must adjust your maturity preferences to access both Moderate and Adult content. For more information, see Maturity ratings and Age-restricted content. To search for something specific: Enter keywords in the search bar at the top of the page. You can use the boolean operators AND, OR, and NOT to refine your search. As you type, the search bar attempts to automatically complete your entry based on current marketplace listings. If desired, click the All categories dropdown to specify a category. Select your preferred option from the Show maturity levels dropdown. Press the Enter key or click Search. Items matching your search parameters are displayed on the right. Tip: To search for a particular merchant or store, click the Merchants/Stores tab. Once you have located the store, click Search this store to search only within that store. Using boolean search operators Boolean operators are simple words such as AND, OR, and NOT that can be used to either combine or exclude specific words in a search, which can help to achieve more accurate search results. Here is a short guide on how and when to use each available operator: AND - Narrows your search by requiring both words to be included in each search result. For example, a search of "red AND green" returns only results containing both the words "red" and "green". OR - Broadens your search by only requiring one of the words to appear in each result. For example, a search of "boats OR planes" returns results containing: only the word "boats", only the word "planes", or both the words "boats" and "planes" NOT - Narrows your search by excluding results that contain the words after the NOT operator. For example, "summer NOT winter" returns results that contain the word "summer" but does not show any results containing the word "winter". Boolean search operators must always be written in CAPITAL LETTERS in order to be recognized by the Second Life Marketplace search. Determining usage requirements Some purchases may require certain conditions for use. For example, a prefabricated building requires that you own land upon which to place it. Some purchases may also come inside boxes, which require a specific un-boxing procedure as described in Opening boxes. Usage requirements can be found on the right side of all item listings in the Second Life Marketplace: Use It Now: This item will be delivered directly to you or a friend in Second Life, unpacked and ready to use. No land or sandbox required. Unpacking Required: This item requires you to find a place in Second Life (such as a sandbox) to unpack and use it. See Opening boxes for additional information. Land Required: This item requires that you have access to land in Second Life in order to unpack and use it. In addition to these usage requirements, you may also see a message stating, "This item contains wearable items for your avatar," indicating that the product contains one or more attachments or clothing items. Determining whether an item contains mesh content Second Life Viewer 3.0 or higher is required in order to view mesh content. Furthermore, any object that is partially or fully composed of mesh content has a land impact based on prim equivalents, which are determined by calculating the actual impact of the object on computing resources, rather than by simply counting the number of prims in an object. You can determine whether an object on the Marketplace contains Mesh by checking the right side of the listing, underneath Permissions. If the object contains mesh, there is an indicator stating either Mesh: Partial Mesh or Mesh: 100% Mesh. If the object does not contain mesh, this indicator does not appear. Adding items to your cart and giving gifts To add an item to your cart: Click the item you would like to buy to see the item's detailed description. Click Add to Cart or Buy Now. Add to Cart saves your purchase to your cart for later payment and delivery. You can keep shopping for more items. Add to Cart as Gift saves your purchase to your cart as a gift for another Resident. The item must cost L$1 or more for this button to appear. See Giving gifts below for more information about giving gifts. Buy Now takes you directly to the checkout screen but does not affect or purchase the other items already in your cart. Giving gifts If you want to send an item to another Resident as a gift: Follow the steps above to find the right gift. Click on the item and select Add to Cart As Gift. Enter the recipient's Second Life first name and last name and click Find Resident. Important: If the recipient has only a username, not a first name and last name, enter the username. The system will show the name as "username Resident." A gift message window appears. If you would like to include a gift message, enter one here. Click Finished. The gift is now in your cart for later payment and delivery. Editing your cart and paying When you've finished adding the items you want to buy to your cart, click the Cart button in the upper-right. For each item, you can choose to: Remove it from your cart by clicking the Remove From Cart link below the item name. Buy more or fewer of the same item by changing the number in the Qty box and clicking Update quantities. You can also update the quantity of individual items by clicking the update link next to that line item. Change the gift message (if it's a gift). Once your cart is edited to your satisfaction: Click the Check out button. Review your invoice, then click Buy now to purchase the items using your Linden dollar (L$) balance.. Tip: While reviewing your invoice, you may click More payment options to add or select an alternate payment method such as a credit card or PayPal account. Note: When you use PayPal or a credit card to make a Marketplace purchase, your Transaction History shows a debit or credit originating from "Commerce Linden" or "Marketplace Linden." After you buy Items delivered to the Received items folder After purchasing an item, log into Second Life. You will see a Received items section at the bottom of your Inventory window. Click it to expand the Received items pane and see items and folders you have recently received: You may drag received items and folders from the Received items pane to one of your existing inventory folders. If you are using a third-party viewer, the Received items pane appears as an inventory folder named Received items. If your purchase was packaged in a box for delivery, you need to open the box before you can use the item.Learn about opening boxes. If you bought clothing or other items to attach to your avatar, see Avatar attachments to learn how to use them. Viewing your order history You can see what you've purchased in your order history: Log into the Marketplace. Click My Marketplace > My Account. On the left, select Order history. You can also check other account-specific information here. Unreceived and accidentally discarded items Has it been more than 24 hours since you ordered? If so, contact the merchant, explain what happened, and politely request redelivery of the item. If it has been less than 24 hours, please be patient and check again later. If the merchant doesn't respond, you can submit a support case requesting redelivery. Make sure to include the order number and the exact name of the undelivered item(s). Note: If an item purchased on the Marketplace using PayPal or a credit card is not successfully delivered to you, the credit or debit will not appear in your transaction history, and the merchant will have no record of the purchase. Simply try to purchase the item again. If you accidentally discard an item, contact the merchant, explain what happened, and politely request redelivery of the item. Often the merchant will understand and redeliver, especially if the item in question isn't "no-copy." Unfortunately, Marketplace deliveries, unlike items sent manually from another avatar, are completely discarded and can't be retrieved from the Trash. Writing a review To write a review for an item you bought: Open your order history. Click Review Product in the order description for the item. Select the number of stars you want to give to that item, give your review a title, and write your review. Click Post your review. Tips for writing relevant and helpful reviews can be found at Writing Item Reviews on the Marketplace. Flagging an item on the Marketplace If you find merchandise on the Marketplace that you think is in violation of the Marketplace listing policies, please flag it for review by customer support. To flag an item: View the listing. Click Flag this item on the right. In the Reason for Flag dropdown, select your reason for flagging the item. In the Detailed Reason dropdown, select a more detailed reason. Click Flag to flag the item. Email notification settings You can change the types of email notifications you receive from the Second Life Marketplace: Visit http://marketplace.secondlife.com. If you are not already signed in, click Sign in in the top right corner of the page. Click My Marketplace at the top of the page, then select My account from the dropdown menu. Click Email settings on the left side of the My account page. On the Email settings page, under Shopping Notifications, click On or Off next to each type of email notification to set your notification preference. As a shopper on the Second Life Marketplace, you may receive the following types of email notifications: Order confirmation Gift notification Redelivery notification Revenue distribution notification Revenue distribution addition/removal notification
  47. 0 points
    Second Life Share is also available for Twitter and Flickr. Opting in to Second Life Share for Facebook Adding and removing the Facebook toolbar button Updating your Facebook status Posting a photo to Facebook Checking into a Second Life location on Facebook Visiting a Second Life location from Facebook Opting out of Second Life Share for Facebook Removing Second Life Share from Facebook Video - Introducing SLShare for Second Life Opting in to Second Life Share for Facebook The first time you use SL Share, we guide you through the process of opting in. Unless you remove or delete the SL Share app on Facebook, you will not need to opt in again: Choose Me > Post to Facebook to open the Post to Facebook window. Click the Account tab of the Post to Facebook window. Click the Connect button. Follow the steps to accept or decline the App Request. You must accept in order for Second Life to share your status updates, uploaded photos, and Second Life location with Facebook. Follow the steps to accept or decline the Permissions Dialog. This allows you to set privacy settings for SL Share. The default is set to "Friends", but it can also be set to "Only Me" or you can customize or exclude Facebook friends from seeing your posts. Adding and removing the Facebook toolbar button You can add a Facebook button to your toolbar in the Second Life Viewer, giving you easy access to the Post to Facebook window: Select Me > Toolbar buttons from the top menu bar in the Second Life Viewer. From the Toolbar buttons window, click and drag the Facebook button to the bottom or side edge of the Second Life Viewer window. Edges where you can drop the button are highlighted in blue when you pick up the button. You can now click the Facebook button to open the Post to Facebook window. This button does the same thing as choosing Me > Post to Facebook from the top menu bar. To remove the Facebook button from your toolbar: Select Me > Toolbar buttons from the top menu bar in the Second Life Viewer. Click and drag the Facebook button from your toolbar onto the Toolbar buttons window to remove it from your toolbar. Updating your Facebook status Select Me > Post to Facebook from the top menu bar in the Second Life Viewer. Click the Status tab. Enter text in the What's on your mind box. Click the Post button to post your status on Facebook. Posting a photo to Facebook Select Me > Post to Facebook from the top menu bar in the Second Life Viewer. Click the Photo tab. Position your camera to frame the shot you want, then click the Refresh button in the Post to Facebook window. Select an image resolution from the dropdown menu. The default resolution is 800x600. Changing the resolution automatically refreshes the screenshot. Choose a photo filter from the dropdown menu (Optional). Add a comment to the photo (Optional). Check the Include location in posting box to include a SLurl to the location where the photo was taken. This box is checked by default. Click Post to post your photo to Facebook. Photo filters When uploading a photo, you may choose from several predefined filters to add fun and interesting effects to your photos in Second Life: No Filter 1970's Colors - Color correction to give a "vintage 1970" look Autocontrast - Automatic gray rebalancing from dark to bright based on the image luminosity histogram Black & White - Changes the photo to black and white Heat Wave - Adds an aged film effect and vignetting Intense - Intensifies all color saturation for a more cartoonish look Jules Verne - Changes the photo to black and white and adds video scan lines and distortion Lens Flare - Add colorize effects to simulate a film camera light leak and lens flare Miniature - Sharpen and blur regions selectively to give a "tilt shift" effect Newsprint - Use a black and white screening to simulate newspaper screening Overcast - Reduces intensity of colors Sepia - Color conversion to sepia tones and vignette for a retro look Spotlight - Burn the edges and dodge the center to focus the attention in the center of the image Toy Camera - Simulate the look and feel of a film toy camera through vignetting and edge blurring Video - Adds video scan lines for the look and feel of an old CRT screen Checking into a Second Life location on Facebook Select Me > Post to Facebook from the top menu bar in the Second Life Viewer. Click the Place tab. Enter text about the location in the text field (Optional). Check the Include overhead view of location box to show a map image of the location you are checking into. If you do not check this box, the Second Life logo is displayed instead. Click Post to check into the Second Life location. Visiting a Second Life location from Facebook When you see a photo or check-in post made by someone using Second Life Share, here is how you can visit that location: Click the wall post on Facebook (either the thumbnail or the hyperlink). The Second Life Maps page opens with more information about the region. Existing Second Life users can click Visit this location to open Second Life and teleport to the location when they log in. New Second Life users click Join now, it's free. They can then set up a new account and visit the location once they log into Second Life. Opting out of Second Life Share for Facebook If you have opted into SL Share, you can opt out and disconnect the feature using the following procedure: Select Me > Post to Facebook from the top menu bar in the Second Life Viewer. Select the Account tab from the Post to Facebook window. Click the Disconnect button. This disables the connection and deletes any related cookies. To re-enable SL Share, you will need to provide your Facebook credentials again. Removing Second Life Share from Facebook Here is how to remove the SL Share app from Facebook: Log into Facebook. Go to your App Center at: https://www.facebook.com/appcenter/my Find the Second Life app. Move your mouse over the app, then click the "X" on the upper right of the field. Click Remove. Video - Introducing SLShare for Second Life
×
×
  • Create New...